Warning: JWs in Foretold Apostasy

Warning: I now recommend when this is discerned personally, not me saying it, but one SEEING its meaning in Daniel for themselves:

(Matthew 24:15-16) “Therefore, when you catch sight of the (UN NGO; Dan11:31) disgusting thing that causes desolation, as spoken of through Daniel the prophet (modern Dan11:31 “disgusting thing that causes desolation” as parallel of Dan8:13 “transgression causing desolation”), standing in a holy place (in the JW “constant feature” ministry as UN NGO), (let the reader use discernment,) 16 then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains. (Because the JW Bethel desolation judgment for that UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” is near; 1Pet4:17; Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5);

Then one, using their “discernment” of certain part of Daniel’s telling prophecy, has to LEAVE what is actually now an apostate and impostor controlled Jehovah’s witness “organization”, a UN partnered UN NGO “organization” as well, and one can start to “see” these things in the ONLY prophecies with explicit details of this development, with other criteria in Daniel 8 and 11.

=======
Bethel Apostasy Foretold in Daniel 8 and 11
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/bethel-apostasy-foretold-in-daniel-8-and-11/

Daniel 8 and 11 Final Apostasy and 3rd UN Placement (1990) Connections and Parallels
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-8-and-11-final-apostasy-and-3rd-un-placement-1990-connections-and-parallels/

Daniel Prophecy and 8th King Globalists
Daniel 11:36-41 and Daniel 8:23-25 8th King Globalist Details and the Bethel Apostasy Co-Development
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-prophecy-and-8th-king-globalists/

Connecting Bethel Lawlessness to Final Prophecy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/connecting-bethel-lawlessness-to-final-prophecy/

=======

=======
Although 2Thessalonians 2:1-4 is a specific prophecy of the “man of lawlessness” of modern note at Bethel, and their apostasy co-related to Daniel 11:32a, Daniel 8:11-14,23, and Daniel 11:30-35,41, give EXACT UNIQUE DETAILS of Bethel’s modern apostate state, WITH that 1990 3rd UN event and its UN NGO. Zechariah 3:1-3 is also a modern manifesting prophecy of this same “befouled” parallel due to these developments.

2Corinthians 11:13-15 and Revelation 2:2 also give apostate principles to pay attention to, as do a few other apostasy and “men slipped in” “impostor” infiltration prophecies. (Matthew 13:25; Matthew 13:38-39; Acts 20:28-30; 2John 7; 1Timothy 4:1; 2Timothy 2:18;2Timothy 4:3; 2 Peter 2:1; 1John 2:18; 2Thessalonians 2:3-4;Jude 10-13)

Note too, the prophecy has it all, apostasy by those formerly actually in the “holy covenant”, associated defectors or sincerely misled, and infiltrators/impostors; because all these things develop from the apostate empowered weakened spiritual state; …

=======
Jehovah’s Witnesses Foretold Organized Apostasy Development in the Bible Symbols
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/jehovahs-witnesses-foretold-organized-apostasy-development-in-the-bible-symbols/
=======

…and Daniel 11:30-32 gives just such a progression, “King North” “8th King” architects consider “those leaving the holy covenant”, or the apostates, first in the process:

(Daniel 11:30-32)

“And he (the main instigator) (8th King/King North) will actually go back and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively (produces a successful operation Dan8:12b); and he (8th King) will have to go back and (1: Apostates) will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant. (anointed core defection at Bethel aids internal 8th King access)

31 And (2: Infiltration) there will be arms that will stand up (at Bethel; Dan11:41; Luke21:20), proceeding from him (8th King planners);  and (3: Profanation/Subversion) they (collusion) will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature]. (3rd UN placement 1990:) (4: 3rd UN event/UN NGO cross reference) “And they (team effort) will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation. (3rd UN placement, 1990; UN NGO, 1991, at Bethel; Matt24:15; Dan8:13 “transgression causing desolation”);

“And (5: General Mass Subversion) those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant (at Bethel)(6: Organized Apostasy Continues) he (8th King/King North) will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. (The Bethel “smooth words” 8th King cover-up in the JW publications is part of the smoothly justified apostasy);
=======

The aid for “seeing” this UN NGO relevance to Daniel 8:13, is with the other matching criteria of 1990, that co-develops with this Bethel apostasy and its UN NGO main signal, such as the uniqueness of the “Cold War” cycle, and that 1990 THIRD UN presentation, the one with the Cold War resolution. (That is fully shown in those first four article links, above)

When this awareness began for me, aided by prophecy, not “conspiracy theory”, but conspiracy REALITY God exposes through Daniel centuries ago, for today, and then this blog was started, July 2012 or so, I DID NOT FULLY REALIZE HOW FAR GONE, INFILTRATED AND MISLED THE WHOLE JW ORGANIZATION ACTUALLY IS, IT TAKE TIMES TO SEE IT FROM PROPHECY AND EVIDENCE—THE MORE YOU LOOK DEEPLY, REGULARLY, WITH PRAYER AND PROPHECY, THE MORE ONE WILL SEE.

So I also did not see how dangerous the organization is now, and will become further, in time, when the judgment on it, for that UN NGO (Dan8:13-14), starts to manifest, for real—with enemy system developments to aid the context, the one they are concealing with prematurely applied prophecy, thus a true hoax on JWs.

=======
JWs – FLEE The JW Org!! – Matthew24:15
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2013/12/04/jws-flee-the-jw-org-matthew2415/

JW Self Fulfilling Prophecy Aids Cover Up of Final Cycle – UN 1-2-3-4 Cycle
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/jw-self-fulfilling-prophecy-aids-cover-up-of-final-cycle/
=======

IT IS ALL INDICATING WE ARE AT THE TEMPLE JUDGMENT, NOT THE END YET.

=======
Daniel 8:13-14 Details the Coming Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/dan8/daniel-813-14-details-the-coming-temple-judgment-of-jehovahs-witnesses/
=======

Daniel 8:13-14 Details the Coming Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/dan8/daniel-813-14-details-the-coming-temple-judgment-of-jehovahs-witnesses/

Daniel 8:13-14 Details the Coming Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/dan8/daniel-813-14-details-the-coming-temple-judgment-of-jehovahs-witnesses/

=======
XGB Fulfills 2Thess2:4 Public Worldwide “Man of Lawlessness”
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/gb-8k-infiltration/man-of-lawlessness/xgb-fulfills-2thess24-public-worldwide-man-of-lawlessness/
=======

Daniel 8:13-14 Details the Coming Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/dan8/daniel-813-14-details-the-coming-temple-judgment-of-jehovahs-witnesses/

=======
Fire Purification: Proving the JW Temple Judgment as Daniel 8:13-14 Connection to Revelation 8
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/fire-purification-proving-the-jw-temple-judgment-as-daniel-813-14-connection-to-revelation-8/

Timed Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses – Daniel 8:13-14
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/timed-temple-judgment-of-jehovahs-witnesses/
=======

 

=======
And since that 2012 “We Alone Are the Faithful Slave Everyone!” signal, more keeps developing in line with the prophecy and their real goals.

Now they are priming the collective JW mind, with these kinds of expectations (shown below), as they represent these coming events as prophecies that cannot actually be fulfilling at that time, but will be fulfilling the temple “trampling” of Daniel 8:13; it is the temple judgment desolation they are trying to make look like “the end”.

Thus the technique is to sell JWs the REQUIRED organizational desolation of the temple judgment of Daniel 8:13-14, but to smokescreen it with a hoax of “the end”; as if it is the terminal “the end” prophecies, well premature of reality as per 2Thess2:1-2 main delusion now present at Bethel:

WT quote (WT 07/15/2015, pg. 16, par. 7-8):

7 What will happen after the destruction of false religious organizations? It will be a time to reveal what is really in our heart. The majority of mankind will seek refuge in human organizations that are likened to “the rocks of the mountains.” (Revelation 6:15-17) Figuratively speaking, however, God’s people will flee to the refuge that Jehovah provides. In the first century, the interval was not a time for a mass conversion of Jews to Christianity. It was a time for action and obedience on the part of those who were already Christians. Similarly, we cannot expect that the future interruption in the great tribulation will result in an influx of new believers. Rather, it will be an opportunity for all true believers to prove their love for Jehovah and give their support to Christ’s brothers.—Matthew 25:34-40.

8 Although we do not fully understand all that will happen during that time of test, we can expect that it will involve some measure of sacrifice. In the first century, Christians had to leave behind their possessions and endure hardships in order to survive. (Mark 13:15-18) To remain faithful, will we be willing to experience material loss? Will we be ready to do whatever is required of us to prove our loyalty to Jehovah?

 

“Figuratively speaking, however, God’s people will flee to the refuge that Jehovah provides.”—is this: “lifesaving direction that we receive from Jehovah’s organization” referenced below:

WT quote (WT 11/15/2013, pg. 20, par. 17, #3):

“”Elders who are reading this article can draw some useful conclusions from the account we have just considered:…

[And sandwiched into the admonishment:]

(3) At that time, the lifesaving direction that we receive from Jehovah’s organization may not appear practical from a human standpoint. All of us must be ready to obey any instructions we may receive, whether these appear sound from a strategic or human standpoint or not. 

Obviously Bethel is planning to use the org, to herd JWs to capture.

And they are now planning to prematurely cancel the JW ministry, from their own mouth:

 

WT quote (WT 07/15/2015, pg. 16, par. 9):

9 This will not be the time to preach the “good news of the Kingdom.” That time will have passed. The time for “the end” will have come! (Matthew 24:14) No doubt God’s people will proclaim a hard-hitting judgment message. This may well involve a declaration announcing that Satan’s wicked world is about to come to its complete end.

===
True, we have seen this leaning for promoting that idea “the preaching work will come to an end”, but this is just the single sentence reaffirmation they are planning this premature cessation from their own “insight” and decision, for a key time of attack of the future.

In like manner, in this actually JW hoax development, that “constant feature” is foretold to end, temporarily, due to profanation, in the temple judgment (Dan8:13), permitted by God, for the final purification and truth clarification (Zech3:4-8; Mal3:1-5)— it is THAT “trampling” to eventual purification reality in prophecy, they are making appear as if it is the full end of the ministry.

In the Bible prophecy of the second witness, of the “two witnesses”, well AFTER this clarification has been made, and the final warning it is actually preparing has gone forth—SEVERAL YEARS FROM NOW—that anointed Christian human ministry, of that time transitioning into full 8th King world government “one hour” of world rule (Rev17:8-18, Rev11:7, Rev13:5-7 in final fulfillment cycle of the future), ALSO prepares the final 144000 remnnant for this completion:

(Revelation 11:11-12) And after the three and a half days spirit of life from God entered into them, and (1) they stood upon their feet, and great fear fell upon those beholding them. 12 And they heard a loud voice out of heaven say to them: “Come on up here.” (2) And they went up into heaven in the cloud, and their enemies beheld them. (Ps110:2)

At which time Revelation 14:1-5 is completing in that Revelation 11:11-12 lead in, and as per Revelation 14:6-7, CHRIST completes his own ministry:

(Revelation 14:6-7) And I saw another angel flying in midheaven, and he had everlasting good news to declare as glad tidings to those who dwell on the earth, and to every nation and tribe and tongue and people, 7 saying in a loud voice: “Fear God and give him glory, because the hour of the judgment by him has arrived, and so worship the One who made the heaven and the earth and sea and fountains of waters.”

(Matthew 10:23) When they persecute you in one city, flee to another; for truly I say to you, you will by no means complete the circuit of the cities of Israel until the Son of man arrives.

It is not that the preaching work will not complete, but that Christ completes it by personal assessment of every human on earth, in that Revelation 14:6-16 final sequence to gather also, the full earth sheep “harvest of the earth”, obviously AFTER the 144000 have completed in Revelation 14:1, after Revelation 11:7-12 has transpired into that Revelation 11:11-12 Christ arrival parallel.

So the WT statement “This will not be the time to preach the “good news of the Kingdom.” That time will have passed.” is actually non-scriptural as they are “set in opposition” to the truth and are trying to prematurely and permanently cease the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry.

But as we know the “constant feature” is now in a profaned unacceptable condition, so God allows this temporary ministerial cessation, to cleanse the truth (Mal3:1-5), fulfill key temple judgment prophecy (Dan11:41, Zech3:2-5), by allowing these events, (Dan8:11,13) to be explained later as the prophecy (Rev8:7-12; Rev9:1-21, Rev10-11:1-7).

The temple judgment is a prophecy that STARTS (1Pet4:17) the final cycle. Revelation 8-11 is what is BEGINNING to activate in repeating, and final, form. Revelation 15-17 “seven plagues” will be the global “plague” parallel global context, of the spiritual focus of the overall parallel “seven trumpets”.

=======
Repeating Cycles: The Whole Prophecy Repeats Starting With The Temple Judgment Portion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/prophecy-repeats/what-we-know-now-the-whole-prophecy-repeats-starting-with-the-temple-judgment/

Daniel 12 Repeats – Patterns That Repeat in the Future the Initial Prophetic Patterns of the Past
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-12-repeats-patterns-that-repeat-in-the-future-the-initial-prophetic-patterns-of-the-past/

Major Prophetic Milestones to Armageddon
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/the-end/major-prophetic-milestones-to-armageddon/

 

 

Hence when that “constant feature” cessation, or anti-JW-org events, start to manifest in some notable event or events, mark your Daniel 8:14 temple judgment and phasing timing calendar to track the timing of Daniel 8:14 in its first three years of 1150 days, as a possible first part of that possible 2300 day prophecy, and stay on the reality of what Daniel 8:13 “trampling” means, and that it must come on the JW organization, because its globally visible prominence of these events, will aid explaining the temple judgment, later. 

That temple judgment is actually upon the anointed Christian “house” (1Pet4:17), for a required purification (Zech3:1-5), but since these anointed Christians are of course not easily “seen” by humans, as to who they are—the Bethel JW org desolation, gives the visible epicenter of this “trampling”, to be seen globally, for the future explanation of the prophecy, and the point in time, we will actually be in, and can be properly gauged for anointed Christians and others, as the Bethel “prophecy” will in time have to fail, as these events run their course.

So if one can come to see this has actually been active, in those Daniel 11:30-31 that led to that 3rd United Nations manifestation, the the “discernment” is WHICH of the three Daniel “disgusting thing” prophecies is the one TO DISCERN of modern note and modern apostate-signal significance:

(Matthew 24:15-16) “Therefore, when you catch sight of the disgusting thing that causes desolation, as spoken of through Daniel the prophet, standing in a holy place, (let the reader use discernment,) 16 then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains. (Because the JW Bethel desolation judgment for that UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” is near; 1Pet4:17; Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5);

Thus when Christ said this “then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains” it means get out of the doomed Bethel “Jerusalem” claimant anointed Christian “city”, the Worldwide Organization of Jehovah’s Witnesses, …

(Isaiah 66:6) There is a sound of uproar out of the city, a sound out of the temple! It is the sound of Jehovah repaying what is deserved to his enemies.

…and go to your personal external location “mountains”, and WAIT on God and Christ, with full attention to prophecy, and that this is a JW hoax covering up what is actually the final temple judgment [period], that MUST run its course—hence God providing the meaning and timing at Daniel 8:13-14. Do not get misled by the probable big global events, whatever they are, in which context Bethel events will manifest.

When Bethel starts to take the “trampling”, we can know these prophecy overviews, now present in modern profaned form of these spiritual entities and “constant feature”, WILL BECOME FULLY MATURED AND MANIFEST GLOBALLY:

(Daniel 8:11-12) . . .And all the way to the Prince of the army it put on great airs, and from him the constant [feature] was taken away, and the established place (Bethel JW worldwide organization) of his sanctuary was thrown down. 

(Daniel 11:41) He (8th King) will also actually enter into the land of the Decoration, and there will be many [people] that will be made to stumble.  

And thus rather than the “Daniel 11:44-45 must fulfill next”, in that overly advanced expectation overridden Bethel still promotes, in error, Daniel 11:42-43 global events and context is what will actually be manifesting. We will be in Daniel 11:41 entering Daniel 11:42-43 global context of the “tribulation of those days”, and the first four plagues, going global, and having to proceed for several years, hence Daniel 8:14, until it can be recovered to the divine acceptable final “little scroll” degree for the final 1260 day final invitation of open salvation and the final warning.

Really it is the Messianic Kingdom COMPLETION proclamation; so the “second witness”, like the “first witness” of those “two witnesses” symbol, which made a Kingdom of God proclamation in 1914-1919, this final “witness” of the future proclaims the Messianic Kingdom completion, which is along with Christ “gathering” the final of the 144000, to completion, just prior to Christ placed as temple “head stone” (Zech3:6-9, Zech4:6-9), and Messianic Kingdom completing “King of kings” (Zech3:8-9; Zech6:9-15) in the active “one hour” 8th King world government face. (Ps110:2; Rev6:12-17; Rev17:11-14)

=======
Daniel 11:42-43 Explicit in Coming 8th King Globalized Wealth Control
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-1142-43-explicit-in-coming-8th-king-globalized-wealth-control/

Daniel 11:42-45 Converges Into Daniel 12 Final Fulfillment—Global Tribulation is Guaranteed, Everything Else is Unknown to Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-1142-45-converges-into-daniel-12-final-fulfillment/
=======

All of this is part of the main delusion of the premature end Bethel uses to keep JWs in suspended thought and paralyzed in premature expectation, which “paralysis” will peak as this ACTUALLY starts to hit.:

=======
Bethel Hoax: Premature End Expectation
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/the-bethel-hoax-and-premature-end-of-the-world-expectation/

Bethel’s Main Delusion: The End is Near, Jehovah’s Day is Here! – is a Signal of The Final Apostasy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/bethels-main-delusion-the-end-is-near-jehovahs-day-is-here-is-a-signal-of-the-final-apostasy/

Make any comment, ask any question, etc.

Regards sister

a brother

====

(I know there are a lot of links here, but just look over them a little at a time, make a copy too, save it to test it in the future. Just stick at it, do not get overwhelmed, pray, and just keep studying, since this updates post 1990 diversion, everything else JWs had from 1914 is valid prophecy. It is GB 1976 that stuff started getting off course, with also some major errors, like 1975 and “this generation”, that stayed in, stumbling people. (But you know the UN NGO and pedophiles are a whole new ballgame of scandal and stumbling.)

All Latest Articles:

The JW temple judgment will be unmistakable in Bethel desolation event(s) as 1Peter4:17 is Daniel 8:13-14 activating as Revelation 8:1-6 SOON…

Mark timed Daniel 8:14 temple judgment at that time…

Temple Judgment Background – Governing Body Covers Up “King of the North” Actual 8th King Meaning
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/temple-judgment-background-governing-body-covers-up-king-of-the-north-actual-8th-king-meaning/

Temple Judgment – The Prophets in Details of the Final Prophetic Cycle
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/temple-judgment-the-prophets-in-details-of-the-final-prophetic-cycle/

Temple Judgment – Book of Hosea Primer for JW Bethel Judgment of Daniel 8:11-14 – Near Future JW Temple Desolation and Purifications
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/temple-judgment-hoseas-prophecy/

Temple Judgment – Micah’s Prophecy – Micah Applied to Modern Bethel Under “Man of Lawlessness” Spiritually Illegal Governing Body
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/temple-judgment-micahs-prophecy/

Temple Judgment – Zechariah’s Prophecy – Complete Temple Revelation
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/temple-judgment-zechariahs-prophecy-complete-temple-revelation/

Malachi’s Prophecy – Temple Judgment and Christ’s Temple Presence
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/malachis-prophecy-temple-judgment-and-christs-temple-presence/

Joel’s Prophecy – Temple Judgment and Global Effects of Temple Recovery and Completion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/joels-prophecy-temple-judgment-and-global-effects-of-temple-recovery-and-completion/

2/3

Temple Judgment – Comprehensive Globalist Symbology in Nahum, Zephaniah, Habakkuk, Jonah and Other Prophets
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/temple-judgment-comprehensive-globalist-symbology-in-nahum-zephaniah-habakkuk-jonah-and-other-prophets/

Temple Judgment – Habakkuk’s Prophecy – Amazing 8th King Globalism
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/temple-judgment-habakkuks-prophecy-amazing-8th-king-globalism/

Temple Judgment – Zephaniah’s Prophecy of Temple and World Judgment
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/temple-judgment-zephaniahs-prophecy-of-temple-and-world-judgment/

Temple Judgment – Nahum’s Prophecy of Infiltration and Bethel Judgment
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/temple-judgment-nahums-prophecy-of-infiltration-and-bethel-judgment/

Jehovah’s Witnesses Foretold Organized Apostasy Development in the Bible Symbols
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/jehovahs-witnesses-foretold-organized-apostasy-development-in-the-bible-symbols/

Faithful and Discreet Slave Identified by God After Divine Temple Judgment
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/faithful-and-discreet-slave-identified-by-god-after-divine-temple-judgment/

The Governing Body Popes and the Bethel Inquisition Fulfills Signal Prophecy Leading to Final Temple Judgment
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/the-governing-body-popes-and-the-bethel-inquisition/

The Governing Body “Apostolic Succession” – WT 7/15/13
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2013/11/10/the-governing-body-claims-apostolic-succession-watchtower-71513/

XGB Fulfills 2Thess2:4 Public Worldwide “Man of Lawlessness”
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/gb-8k-infiltration/man-of-lawlessness/xgb-fulfills-2thess24-public-worldwide-man-of-lawlessness/
Revelation 9 – “The Destroyer” and Temple Judgment
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/revelation-9-the-destroyer-and-temple-judgment/

USSR Fails, Also Fails as King North, as UN Third Placement of 1990 Assumes King North Identity as 8th King!
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/extra-extra-read-all-about-it-ussr-fails-also-fails-as-king-north-as-un-third-placement-of-1990-assumes-king-north-identity-as-8th-king/

US King South Lead Financial System Must Collapse into 8th King Control
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/world-war-4-un-4-0/king-south-lead-financial-system-must-collapse/

World Recovery After World War 4 – Daniel 11:27-45 3rd and 4th Final United Nations Placements
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/world-war-4-un-4-0/world-recovery-after-world-war-4/

United Nations Call For One World Currency Relates to Daniel 11:42-43 Cycle Starting Soon
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/un-call-for-one-world-currency-relates-to-daniel-1142-43-cycle-starting-soon/

8th King UN World Government Progress as Gauge to Armageddon Arrival
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/8th-king-un-world-government-progress-as-gauge-to-armageddon-arrival/

The Total World Judgment “The Judgment” Begins With Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/the-total-world-judgment-the-judgment-begins-with-jehovahs-witnesses/

Temple Judgment Progression to Temple Completion – Table and Description
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/temple-judgment-significance/temple-judgment-progression-to-temple-completion-table-and-description/

Timed Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses – Daniel 8:13-14
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/timed-temple-judgment-of-jehovahs-witnesses/

FYI – The Verification Events Coming Soon as Timed Period
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/flee/fyi-the-verification-events-and-timing-coming-soon/

The Modern Man of Lawlessness – Governing Body Based Bethel UN Prophetic Deception Operation
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/the-modern-man-of-lawlessness-governing-body-based-bethel-un-prophetic-deception-operation/

Governing Body Aided UN Aiding Subversion and Diversion Campaign (1976-2014 Approximated);
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2013/12/12/the-man-of-lawlessness-governing-body-un-prophetic-deception-operation/

Be Careful What We Ask For – We Just Might Get It; Case in Point: “Let God’s Kingdom Come…”
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2013/06/27/kingdom-come-be-careful-what-you-ask-for/

Temple Prophecy in Jehovah’s Witnesses from Man of Lawlessness at Temple Inspection to Temple Judgment and Purification
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2013/06/26/temple-prophecy-in-jehovahs-witnesses-from-man-of-lawlessness-at-temple-inspection-to-temple-judgment-and-purification/

GB Defender to the End!..? Or so I thought…That is Until I Found Out They Are The Foretold “Man of Lawlessness”…
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2013/08/21/gb-defender-to-the-end-or-so-i-thought-that-is-until-i-found-out-they-are-the-foretold-man-of-lawlessness/

Daniel 12 Repeats to UN 4th Placement as Complete World Government 8th King
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-12-repeats-to-un-4th-placement-as-complete-world-government-8th-king/

Daniel 12:12 1335 Days Clues
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-1212-1335-days-clues/

Kingdom Come: The Final Revelation is the Final Replication of Prophecy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/kingdom-come-the-final-revelation-is-the-final-replication-of-prophecy/

Seven Seals and Messianic Kingdom Birth and Completion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2014/01/29/seven-seals-and-messianic-kingdom-birth-and-completion/

Simple Outline of Major Prophetic Milestones to Armageddon Divine War Finality
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/seven-seals/simple-outline-of-major-prophetic-milestones-to-armageddon-divine-war-finality/

Worldwide Globalization Provides 8th King World Government Components
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/seven-seals/worldwide-globalization-provides-8th-king-world-government-components/

World Recovery After World War 4 – Daniel 11:27-45 3rd and 4th Final United Nations Placements
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/world-war-4-un-4-0/world-recovery-after-world-war-4/

Bethel Apostasy 1990 – Jehovah’s Witnesses’ UN NGO and the UN Prophecy Tracking Lost and Soon Recovered
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/bethel-apostasy-1990-jehovahs-witnesses-un-ngo-and-the-un-prophecy-tracking-lost-and-soon-recovered/

Once Upon a Time JWs Tracked UN Development as Prophecy Properly
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/bethel-apostasy-1990-jehovahs-witnesses-un-ngo-and-the-un-prophecy-tracking-lost-and-soon-recovered/

3/3

Sovereign Progression in Seven Bible Chapters
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/world-war-4-un-4-0/sovereign-progression-in-seven-bible-chapters/

What Used to Make Jehovah’s Witnesses’ UN Prophecy Tracking Valid
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/what-used-to-make-jehovahs-witnesses-un-prophecy-tracking-valid/

JWs – FLEE The JW Org!! – Matthew24:15
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2013/12/04/jws-flee-the-jw-org-matthew2415/

JW Self Fulfilling Prophecy Aids Cover Up of Final Cycle – UN 1-2-3-4 Cycle
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/jw-self-fulfilling-prophecy-aids-cover-up-of-final-cycle/

On the Significance of the UN 1-2-3-4 Super-Cycle to 8th King World Government
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/on-the-significance-of-the-un-1-2-3-4-super-cycle-to-8th-king-world-government/

Outline – UN has Four Cycles in World History and Bible Prophecy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/outline-un-has-four-cycles-in-world-history-and-bible-prophecy/

The Trek to Armageddon in JW Known Prophecy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/the-trek-to-armageddon-in-jw-known-prophecy/

The Divine Advantage of the Prophetic Replication for Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/the-divine-advantage-of-the-prophetic-replication-for-jehovahs-witnesses/

JWs – FLEE The JW Org!! – Matthew24:15
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/flee/jws-flee-the-jw-org-matthew2415/

The “Event” JW Bethel is Planning For
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/flee/the-event-jw-bethel-is-planning-for/

How to Set-Up JWs Like 8th King Sitting Ducks
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/how-to-set-up-jws-like-8th-king-sitting-ducks/

Timed Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses – Daniel 8:13-14
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/timed-temple-judgment-of-jehovahs-witnesses/

FYI – The Verification Events Coming Soon as Timed Period
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/flee/fyi-the-verification-events-and-timing-coming-soon/

Kingdom Come: The Final Revelation is the Final Replication of Prophecy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/kingdom-come-the-final-revelation-is-the-final-replication-of-prophecy/

UN Call For One World Currency Relates to Daniel 11:42-43 Cycle Starting Soon
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/un-call-for-one-world-currency-relates-to-daniel-1142-43-cycle-starting-soon/

Four Time World War to World Government Formula
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/world-war-4-un-4-0/four-time-world-war-to-world-government-formula/

Worldwide Globalization Provides 8th King World Government Components
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/seven-seals/worldwide-globalization-provides-8th-king-world-government-components/

World Recovery After World War 4 – Daniel 11:27-45 3rd and 4th Final United Nations Placements
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/world-war-4-un-4-0/world-recovery-after-world-war-4/

Great Tribulation Phases and Meanings – 144000 Completion Prelude
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/144000-completion/great-tribulation-phases-and-144000-completion/

8th King United Nations World Government Final Cycle – Final Prophetic Replication and Milestones
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/the-end/major-prophetic-milestones-to-armageddon/

144000 Completion First Priority and Christ’s Arrival
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/144000-completion/144000-completion-first-priority-and-christs-arrival/

Enoch’s Clue of 144000 Completion Manner
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/144000-completion/enochs-clue-of-144000-completion/

Final World Cycle Prophetic Truths Versus Bethel Smokescreen Deceptions
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/flee/final-world-cycle-prophetic-truths-versus-bethel-smokescreen-deceptions/

Global Tribulation is Guaranteed, Everything Else is Unknown to Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/flee/global-tribulation-is-guaranteed-everything-else-is-unknown-to-jehovahs-witnesses/

Daniel 12 Repeats – Patterns That Repeat in the Future the Initial Prophetic Patterns of the Past
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-12-repeats-patterns-that-repeat-in-the-future-the-initial-prophetic-patterns-of-the-past/

Major Prophetic Milestones to Armageddon
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/the-end/major-prophetic-milestones-to-armageddon/

Connecting Bethel Lawlessness to Final Prophecy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/connecting-bethel-lawlessness-to-final-prophecy/

Daniel 8:13-14 Details the Coming Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/dan8/daniel-813-14-details-the-coming-temple-judgment-of-jehovahs-witnesses/

Daniel 11:42-45 Converges Into Daniel 12 Final Fulfillment
Global Tribulation is Guaranteed, Everything Else is Unknown to Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-1142-45-converges-into-daniel-12-final-fulfillment/

Daniel 12 Final Prophetic Cycle Images and Graphics
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/daniel-12-final-prophetic-cycle-images-and-graphics/

The Final Phase – Final Prophetic Cycle Periods and Sovereign Meanings
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/the-final-phase-final-prophetic-cycle-periods-and-sovereign-meanings/

Final Prophetic Cycle – Signals of Commencement
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/144000-completion/final-prophetic-cycle-signals-of-commencement/

All Four United Nations Presentations are Foretold in Bible Prophecy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/all-four-united-nations-presentations-are-foretold-in-bible-prophecy/

Fire Purification: Proving the JW Temple Judgment as Daniel 8:13-14 Connection to Revelation 8
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/fire-purification-proving-the-jw-temple-judgment-as-daniel-813-14-connection-to-revelation-8/

The Final Phase – Final Prophetic Cycle Periods and Sovereign Meanings
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/the-final-phase-final-prophetic-cycle-periods-and-sovereign-meanings/

Daniel Prophecy and 8th King Globalists
Daniel 11:36-41 and Daniel 8:23-25 8th King Globalist Details and the Bethel Apostasy Co-Development
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-prophecy-and-8th-king-globalists/

Bethel Apostasy Foretold in Daniel 8 and 11
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/bethel-apostasy-foretold-in-daniel-8-and-11/

Comprehensive Completion Requirement of Prophecy, History, World Government and the Messianic Kingdom
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/144000-completion/comprehensive-completion-requirement/

Daniel 11:42-43 Explicit in Coming 8th King Globalized Wealth Control
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-1142-43-explicit-in-coming-8th-king-globalized-wealth-control/

JW UN NGO Prophecy, Information and Details
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/the-jw-un-ngo-transgression-causing-desolation-connection-to-the-disgusting-thing-causing-desolation/

JW UN NGO – Tip of the Iceberg of Bethel Subversion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/flee/jw-un-ngo-tip-of-the-iceberg-of-bethel-subversion/

1260 Days Time Signature Cross Links Final Cycle Events in Final Kingdom Warning and World Government Authority
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/1260-days-time-signature-cross-links/

7th King Downfall – Isaiah’s and Ezekiel’s Prophecy – “Egypt” Pronouncements as Modern Nation-State System Parallels in the Final Tribulation Cycle
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/world-war-4-un-4-0/7th-king-downfall-isaiahs-and-ezekiels-prophecy-egypt-pronouncements-as-modern-nation-state-system-parallels-in-the-final-tribulation-cycle/

World Government and Prophecy Repeating Principles
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/world-war-4-un-4-0/world-government-and-prophecy-repeating-principles/

Daniel 8 and 11 Final Apostasy and 3rd UN Placement (1990) Connections and Parallels
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-8-and-11-final-apostasy-and-3rd-un-placement-1990-connections-and-parallels/

JW Judgment is First and Will Picture the World Judgment It Will Lead To
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/flee/jw-judgment-is-first-and-will-picture-the-world-judgment/

Once Upon a Time JWs Tracked UN Prophecy Properly
Bethel Apostasy 1990 – Jehovah’s Witnesses UN NGO and the UN Prophecy Tracking Lost
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/what-used-to-make-jehovahs-witnesses-un-prophecy-tracking-valid/

8th King/King North World Government as Simple as Possible
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/8th-kingking-north-world-government-as-simple-as-possible/

Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/temple-judgment-to-world-government-to-christ-arrival-revelation-11-and-daniel-12/

Progressive National to Final Globalist World Power in Bible Prophecy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/progressive-national-to-final-globalist-world-power-in-bible-prophecy/

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2014/07/progressive_national_to_final_globalist_world-power_in_bible_prophecy.pdf

Bethel Hoax: Premature End Expectation
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/the-bethel-hoax-and-premature-end-of-the-world-expectation/

Bethel’s Main Delusion: The End is Near, Jehovah’s Day is Here! – is a Signal of The Final Apostasy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/bethels-main-delusion-the-end-is-near-jehovahs-day-is-here-is-a-signal-of-the-final-apostasy/

Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/temple-judgment-to-world-government-to-christ-arrival-revelation-11-and-daniel-12/

Revelation 14 – 144000 and Messianic Kingdom Completion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/144000-completion/revelation-14-messianic-kingdom-completion-and-world-judgment-sheep-sweep-in-the-8th-king-world-government-final-one-hour/

Repeating Cycles: The Whole Prophecy Repeats Starting With The Temple Judgment Portion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/prophecy-repeats/what-we-know-now-the-whole-prophecy-repeats-starting-with-the-temple-judgment/

Modern Sign of Jonah – Jehovah’s Witnesses Going Down for Three Years by Bethel Global Organizational Intrigues
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2014/11/30/modern-sign-of-jonah-jehovahs-witnesses-going-down-for-three-years-by-bethel-global-organizational-intrigues/

Final World Government Cycle Graphics
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/final-world-government-cycle-graphics/
Ten Virgins and Temple Judgment
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/prophecy-repeats/ten-virgins-and-temple-judgment/

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/01/ten-virgns-and-temple-judgment-of-jehovahs-witnesses.pdf

 

Revelation 13 Replication and World Government
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/prophecy-repeats/revelation-13-replication-and-world-government/

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/01/revelation_13_replication_and_world_government.pdf

Future Global War “Sword-Stroke” to Define UN Peace Keeping “Abyss” Impotence— Sets the Global Stage for the “Healing” “Ascension” of Full 8th King World Government

https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2015/02/28/future-global-war-sword-stroke-to-define-un-peace-keeping-abyss-impotence/

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/03/revelation_13_and_17_future_global_war_sword-stroke_and_the_healing_ascension_of_full_8th_king_world_government.pdf

 

Appointed Seven Times of the Nations Sovereign Lease Has Expired – Appointed Seven Times of Divine Warning Yet to Complete
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/seven-seals/appointed-seven-times-of-divine-warning-yet-to-complete/

8 Kings: Why the 7th King Anglo-American National System Must “Fall”
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/world-war-4-un-4-0/8-kings-why-the-7th-king-anglo-american-national-system-must-fall/

The End of National Sovereignty, Not The End of the World
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/world-war-4-un-4-0/the-end-of-national-sovereignty-not-the-end-of-the-world/

End Time Prophecy Coming Milestones To Christ Arrival – Now and of the Future
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/prophecy-repeats/end-time-prophecy-coming-milestones-to-christ-arrival/

“One Hour” of 8th King World Government Revelation Parallels
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2014/12/16/one-hour-of-8th-king-world-government-revelation-parallels/

1914’s Main Validation? World Government and World History
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/jwupdate/1914s-main-validation-world-government-and-world-history/

Jehovah’s Witnesses Valid Kingdom Ministry and Preview Master Pattern of Prophecy That Must Repeat (1914-1919)
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/jwupdate/jehovahs-witnesses-valid-kingdom-ministry-1914-1969/

Why This JW Testimony is Unique
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/jwupdate/what-makes-this-jehovahs-witness-testimony-unique/

Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/temple-judgment-to-world-government-to-christ-arrival-revelation-11-and-daniel-12/

8th King/King North World Government as Simple as Possible
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/8th-kingking-north-world-government-as-simple-as-possible/

The 8th King World Government: Convergence of Global Sovereignty— Convergence of All Bible Prophecy Symbolisms
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2015/03/31/8th-king-world-government-convergence-of-global-sovereignty-convergence-of-all-bible-prophecy-symbolisms/

 

 

Other
=========

Bethel Trick: Conceal Truth with Truth
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/03/13/bethel-trick-conceal-truth-with-truth/

Bethel Record Main Source of Opposition; Changes Nature of the JW Discussion
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2014/07/06/bethel-record-main-source-of-opposition/

Modern Man of Lawlessness Exposed Strengthens Faith
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2013/01/21/modern-man-of-lawlessness-exposed-strengthens-faith/

The Bethel Watchtower March 15, 2015 Dumb Down Policy Revealed and Applied
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/03/19/the-bethel-watchtower-march-15-2015-dumb-down-policy-revealed-and-applied/

When UN NGO Bethel Placed The Disgusting Thing
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/03/27/when-did-un-ngo-bethel-placed-the-disgusting-thing/

Bethel Silence on Modern Global Developments
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/03/14/bethel-silence-on-modern-global-developments/

1990: 3RD UN Presentation—The Key to Modern Bethel Reality https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/04/08/1990-3rd-un-presentation-the-key-to-modern-bethel-reality/

 

 

Jehovah’s Witnesses and World Government Cover Up: 15 BIG Questions

Jehovah’s Witnesses and World Government Cover Up: The BIG Questions

(These are the big questions JWs and others should ask themselves, God, the elders and others. I would like to see one JW answer just one of these questions with any real meaning.)

Logically the 8th King comes in fullest form AFTER the 7th King in prophecy. You know, 1-2-3-4-5-6- and 7 and 8! Simple.

1. Then why does Bethel not clearly explain WORLD GOVERNMENT (Rev17:8-12; Dan11:45; Dan8:25), not just the United nations “image” nucleus, is what will define the 8th King “ascension” AFTER the 7th King becomes fully subservient in the future as foretold here:

(Daniel 11:42-43) And [King North] will keep thrusting out his hand against the lands; and as regards the land of Egypt, she (King South) will not prove to be an escapee. 43 And [King North] will actually rule over the hidden treasures of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. (King South);

2. Now that it is painfully obvious King North is that same 8th King [globalized] world government, and the 7th King is that King South [nation-state] system going into financial subservience, why is it the geniuses up at Bethel cannot, and will not, make this SIMPLE final connection?

3. How is it that the first two UN related prophecies in the 1919 League of Nations and the 1945 United Nations is not continued in 1990 3rd United Nations presentation as also a key prophecy? How is it Bethel says that 1990 3rd UN global-presentation after the Cold War was insignificant, not a prophecy, and advisable to partner with as UN NGO global co-promoters?

4. Why does Bethel insist the failed USSR is what “will certainly prove successful (as King North) until the denunciation comes to a finish” at Armageddon? (Dan11:36) Why does Bethel maintain the USSR fictional King North interpretation, rather than tell everyone that 3rd UN presentation is that 3rd “place the disgusting thing” of Daniel 11:31b, and Daniel 8:23 parallel in 1990?

5. How is it that Bethel thinks it is fine and dandy to instead become a wild beast UN NGO, rather than keep everyone up to date on real UN prophecy?

6. So now that we know globalization complete in time into said world government, and that the 7th King nation-state economic crash will aid the process, as well set up now in enormous national sovereign debt in the US and EU systems, how is it “simply the end brothers!” “well done” and “congratulations it is all over!” up at Bethel?

6. WHY does Bethel conceal the required 7th King national downfall phase that occurs first, to “heal” that “sword stroke” into world government?

7. WHY does Bethel sell a premature end delusion to JWs and the world instead of explaining logical reality of prophecy, and global development of the near future?

8. How is the United Nations, in itself, a global true sovereignty?

9. How does the UN “image” complete the whole required prophecy?

10. Why does Bethel remain as if oblivious to any globalization commentary in its global “gathering” role (Rev16:13-16) to form true world government?

11. Why does Bethel ignore the 1990 3rd UN global-presentation, Global NATO 1999, 911 and GWOT 2001, and the 2008 Global Credit Crisis as if it is no news at all?

12. Why does Bethel NEVER discuss the role of the Federal Reserve (1913), the Council on Foreign Relations, and Chatham House (1919-1921) in the guidance of the “international affairs” that form world government progressively?

13. Why is Bethel unable to respond intelligently to ANY of these questions?

14. Is the UN NGO an apostate transgression that Bethel also covers up and sweeps UNder the rug to cover their treasonous tracks?

 

===
World government complete, functional (Dan11:45, Rev17:8-18) and stated (1Thess5:1-3), triggers Christ’s arrival, not before, but AFTER it completes. That takes several more years.
===

15. Why does Bethel COVER UP and KEEP INCOMPLETE that very very simple truth in prophecy and world development of the future?

Folks, something terribly wrong has developed INSIDE of Bethel and its leadership, and that is why those questions NEVER will be answered UNder these rogue Governing Body front men, UNtil they are removed by God.

And that is why they do not tell Jehovah’s witnesses and the world, the temple judgment is what is coming on Bethel next (Dan8:13-14), and first (1Pet4:17), by the JW organizational invasion (Dan11:41) of the real King North, as the 7th King King South “old world order” system starts to go down (Dan11:42-43)

Bethel must be judged, removed and totally exposed before those questions are answered for the world, it is part of the required “second witness” final warning that will emerge in this final multi-year process. Of course Bethel will also conceal that, until they are gone by the hand of God, by the UN kingdom they have chosen to covenant with, instead. (Dan8:13-14; Zech3:1-5; Rev8:3-5)

====

Four 8th King UN Cycles to World Government – 1919-Future

UN 1. 1919 – Rev13:11-15 (Dan12:11 first fulfillment) as League of Nations after WW1;

A. International Bible Students Association (IBSA) explained as prophecy;

UN 2. 1945 – Rev17:8-11 as United Nations after WW2;

A. Jehovah’s Witnesses (JW) explained as prophecy;

========
Unknown and unstated by UN NGO allied Bethel and Jehovah’s witnesses:
========

UN 3. 1990 – Daniel 11:31b as United Nations “New World Order” Initiative after WW3 (Cold War) (Dan11:29);

A. Covered up by Bethel as UN NGO, not explained as prophecy by any religious group;

[We are Here…]

UN 4. Future – Daniel 11:45; Daniel 8:25; (Daniel 12:11 last fulfillment) as United Nations and World Government after 4th world tribulation/war cycle to come.

A. Not currently explained by Bethel in lieu of a premature “end of the world” deception. (2Thess2:1-2)

B. To be explained after the JW temple judgment desolation, purification and removal of lawless Bethel engineered subversion (2Thess2:1-4; Dan11:30-31; Dan8:11-13);

====

Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/temple-judgment-to-world-government-to-christ-arrival-revelation-11-and-daniel-12/

8th King/King North World Government as Simple as Possible
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/8th-kingking-north-world-government-as-simple-as-possible/

The 8th King World Government: Convergence of Global Sovereignty— Convergence of All Bible Prophecy Symbolisms
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2015/03/31/8th-king-world-government-convergence-of-global-sovereignty-convergence-of-all-bible-prophecy-symbolisms/

 

===

1990: 3RD UN Presentation—The Key to Modern Bethel Reality https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/04/08/1990-3rd-un-presentation-the-key-to-modern-bethel-reality/

8th King World Government Rise with 7th King Nation State Fall
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/world-government/8th-king-world-government-rise-with-7th-king-nation-state-fall/

King 8 Versus King 7—The New World Order to Capture the Old World Order
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/06/19/king-8-versus-king-7-the-new-world-order-to-capture-the-old-world-order/

 

“Seven Times” Updates Coming—”Appointed Times of the Nations” Reconsidered, Again

“Seven Times” Updates Coming—”Appointed Times of the Nations” Reconsidered, Again, but in a New More Complete Manner

Update Here:

Appointed Times of the Nations Reconsidered, Again—Seven “Seven times” Applications; Initial, Offset and Extended to World Government and Christ Arrival

https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2016/06/04/appointed-times-of-the-nations-reconsidered-again-seven-seven-times-applications-initial-offset-and-extended-to-christ-arrival/

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2016/06/appointed_times_of_the_nations_reconsidered_againe28094seven_seven_times_applications1.pdf



There is an update coming on the Jerusalem Destruction “seven times” historic context, that retains 607 BCE, but clarifies the events that marked that first “seven times” as 70 years. This keeps the harmony of the original Jehovah’s witnesses “seven times” truth, but removes some dating/event glitches, for a fuller proof.

I now agree Jerusalem was not destroyed in 607 BCE, and have an initial article on how 607 BCE actually applies to Babylon, and Jerusalem’s Kingline progressive to complete disruptions from that timing. This was the first article, a more complete summary is coming*, God willing:

Jerusalem Exile=Destruction? 607 BCE versus 586 BCE Dating—All’s Good! All’s Well, Couldn’t Be Better!
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/11/17/607-bce-versus-586-bce-dating-alls-good-alls-well-couldnt-be-better/

*The “Seven Times” Comprehensive Connection to All Sovereign Prophecy (Draft Portions)
http://christian.forumatic.com/viewtopic.php?f=3&t=625&p=7713#p7713

The purpose of the “seven times” of 2520 years, and its 70 year inception, is not about “the end”, but about connecting to the Revelation 11 1914-1918 “first witness” 1260 days, and the future “second witness” 1260 days, for a “seven times” finality, as 2520 days.

So, back to Babylon based 607 BCE, in the process the Jerusalem destruction of 586 BCE spans 70 years, “seven times”, to the Temple Completion of 516 BCE, thus Zechariah (3,4; 6:9-15) ties to Revelation 11’s final “seven times” as [1260 days] X [2 Witnesses] is to equate to a future 2520 days, or “seven times” final warning and permission of “trampling”. That, of course, is to warn in the future, 1260 days prior to 8th King world government, and hence the universal trigger of the arrival of God and Christ. (Rev1:7-8)

But in the process of this research, the “seven times” is far more comprehensive than first thought in the Bethel version, which basis end date/event assumption is the main glitch, from which error other problems arise. So I did a “score card” of this “seven times” update’s benefits, versus the Bethel version which has key timing errors:

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/seven-times-scorecard_zpscvfehk7n.png
On The Ray Franz 1976-1980 Bethel Expulsion Events Real Reason and The Eventual Full Exoneration of Ray

In future articles, God willing, I will also reveal now why Ray Franz and Carl Olof Jonsson’s research was covered up, and why Ray Franz was extricated from Bethel entirely, to attempt to conceal what the full complete research actually reveals—which BOTH Ray and Carl were starting to investigate.

In the meantime, the Bethel “Jerusalem Destruction” controversy, has eclipsed the simple fact the “Gentile Times”, are as stated, to be based on globally well known GENTILE entities in first Babylon and Medo-Persia, and their 607 BCE and 537 BCE. That defines the main first “seven times” benchmark in that initial 70 years which Jerusalem’s intrigues are “trimmed to fit” within that master time template. It is after all, the “appointed times of the NATIONS“, and thus, upon the nations—the RIVAL “gentiles”—the timing is defined first.

Bethel does not recognize the first 70 years as significant, but indeed it ties in Babylon fully into Daniel 4 in comprehensive initial pattern meaning (and 70 years “seven times” timing), and from there the rest of the “seven times” 2520 year and 2520 days prophecies are fully harmonized. All that now needs to go down is apostate “gentile” run Bethel, to allow this truth to come forth in time. (They are also at their 70 year limit of “GB” progressive (since 1944), to full 40 years (1976 based) of totally ILLEGAL APOSTATE influence. [1])

It is also nice God will terminate and then fully expose the Governing Body Racket as the MAIN criminal cabal now “in the temple”, and exonerate Ray Franz of all wrong doing, as Ray Franz was on to this update, since the late 1970s, and that is one of the main reasons they axed him. (They also wanted to make sure Ray and Fred did not form a “pass the torch” team relationship, to go past Fred’s 1992 assassination, and thus update the Daniel 11 USSR error on time. Instead all errors, PLUS a UN NGO, are all maintained now helping kill the JW credibility, and bring it into rampant apostasy.) The TRUTH always comes out, and God will nail, neutralize and condemn forever the GB before the eyes of all (Dan8:13-14) and throw them in the garbage dump of world history and the eternal infamy where they belong and where they crawled and slithered in from in the first place.

But it is not literally overnight, (but “evening” close (Dan8:14)), and it isn’t going to be pretty. BUT, it is coming! (Dan11:41) Bethel’s shenanigans are about to be judged and exposed (Dan8:13-14; Zech3:1-5), and the context will be enormous and Daniel 11:41 finalizing.

Thus below is links and examples of the graphics which developed from this coming update.

Figure 1 Versions – Seven “Seven Times” Applications with Global Sovereign Convergence



Full Size:

1.  Right-click Links, “Save link as” .png format. to save full size fully readable graphics.

Right-click image, “Save LINK as” .png format. to save full size fully readable graphics.

 

Full size Photobucket server images have “final-name.png” plus “~original” suffix, at end of file url.

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z05-Seven-Times-Seven-Jehovahs-Witnesses-Update-06-Version1_6_24x36-222dpi_zpsymrz6hkg.png~original

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z05-Seven-Times-Seven-Jehovahs-Witnesses-Update-06-Version1_6_zpsz5crvjmg.png~original

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/12/z05-appointed-times-of-the-nations-reconsidered_-seven-times-seven-jehovahs-witnesses-update-06-version1_6.png

https://templelijah.wordpress.com/?attachment_id=2579

http://wp.me/a2zyhe-FB

24×36 222 Dpi

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z05-Seven-Times-Seven-Jehovahs-Witnesses-Update-06-Version1_6_24x36-222dpi_zpsymrz6hkg.png~original

Figure 2 – Detail 1 – Sovereign Convergence

Full Size:

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z06-Seven-Times-Model-FLO-Detail-Convergence-01_zpspkjuo9h5.png~original

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z06-Seven-Times-Model-FLO-Detail-Convergence-01_zpspkjuo9h5.png~original

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/12/z06-appointed-times-seven-times_seven-times-model-flo-detail-convergence-01.png

https://templelijah.wordpress.com/?attachment_id=2580

http://wp.me/a2zyhe-FC

Figure 3 – Detail 2 – Seven “Seven Times”

Full Size:

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z07-Seven-Times-Detail-7Times-01_zpsc0ppqiiv.png~original

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z07-Seven-Times-Detail-7Times-01_zpsc0ppqiiv.png~original

https://templelijah.wordpress.com/?attachment_id=2578

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/12/z07-appointed-times-seven-times_seven-times-detail-7times-01.png

http://wp.me/a2zyhe-FA

Figure 4 – Detail 3 – Seven Times Initial – Babylon/Jerusalem First 70 Years

Full Size:

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z08-Seven-Times-Detail-Babylon70Years-01_zps9ktmaf4j.png~original

http://i72.photobucket.com/albums/i173/templelijah/Z08-Seven-Times-Detail-Babylon70Years-01_zps9ktmaf4j.png~original

https://templelijah.files.wordpress.com/2015/12/z08-appointed-times-seven-times_seven-times-detail-babylon70years-01.png

https://templelijah.wordpress.com/?attachment_id=2577

http://wp.me/a2zyhe-Fz

====

Draft Outline

Appointed Times of the Nations Reconsidered, Again—Seven “Seven times” Applications; Initial, Offset and Extended

Considering Babylon’s 607 BCE Significance Benchmark

Daniel 4 Comprehensive “Seven Times” Summary  
Gentile
Times

Background

Purpose
Rectify Bethel’s Current Interpretive Limitations Concurrently
Bethel’s Main Problem: Event/Date Assumption
The Twenty Year “Shift”
Glossing Over Jehoiakim and Zedekiah’s Royal Intrigues Required in the Initial 70 Year “Seven Times” Concurrency, for a Psychologically Dramatic Distraction
Gentile Nations Main Radar of Prophecy as “Seven Times” Connects to Revelation
Complete Prophetic Summarization
Clears Ray Franz of All Apostate Bethel Charges
29. Helps Expose “Gentile” Bethel’s Modern Apostasy

Daniel 4’s Seven “Seven Times” Applications Enroute to Christ Arrival
Global Sovereign Conflict Symbolism in Daniel 4
Full Connection to Christ and the Final Period

Babylon and Jerusalem’s 70 Years “Seven Times” Base
Seven “Seven Times” Applications

The Seven “Seven Times” Applications from Main to Extended

Main “Seven Times” 607 BCE-537BCE
Main Dating Benchmarks
Daniel 2 and 4
Two Gentile Kingdom Identifying Entities

Main 70 Year Applications
1.
Babylon/Nebuchadnezzar Dynasty Symbol
2. Davidic Kings Interference to Cyrus Liberation
3. Exile/Sabbath Accounting

70 Years Scriptural Requirements on Jerusalem
Partial to Complete Principle Within Main 70 Years
Davidic King Interference
Exile 

Partial to Complete Principle Within Overall 90 Years in 2 70 Years Offset 20 Years
Flexible Seventy Sabbaths Accounting

The Seven “Seven Times” Main Benchmark Application
Figure 1 All

Main “Gentile Times” Dating Markers of the “Appointed Times of the Nations”
1. Babylon
2. Medo-Persia
Main Gentile “Defined” 70 Years Initial “Seven Times” Defines Context of Spiritual Significance 
From here all the “seven times” applications from initial to offset to extended to Revelation 11 are numbered 1-7.
1. Babylon’s Main 70 Years “Seven Times”
2. Jerusalem Kings 70 Years Concurrent
3. Exile 70 Year Concurrent
A. Sabbaths Covered Anywhere in 70 Years Plus Temple Completion Period

The Seven “Seven Times” Offset and Extended Applications

(1) Offset “Seven Times” Jerusalem/Temple Destruction Permission Period and its Zerubbabel/Joshua Connection Significance (586 BCE – 516 BCE)
Figure 4 Initial Seven Times
70 Years to Temple Completion Begins With Jerusalem Destruction

4. Jerusalem Destruction Period Marker
A. Temple Destruction Period Marker
Allows Full Summarization of Hebrew Prophecy Era
Allows Seven Times Connection to Christian Era Prophecy
Seven Times Extension to Global Significance (607 BCE-1914 CE)
Figure 3 Seven “Seven Times”
Maintains Seven Times Connection to 1914

5. Gentile Rulership Permission Principle
6. Davidic King “Trampling” Continuum
The Final “Seven Times” in Revelation 8-11 1914-1918-Future
Connects to Modern Era

7. Revelation 11 “Seven Times” as 2520 Days
Allows Seven Times Connection to Revelation 8-11 Two Witnesses Final  “Seven Times” 1914-1918
Allows Seven Times Connection to Revelation 8-11 Two Witnesses Final  “Seven Times” Future

Allows Complete Daniel 4 Explanation and Extended Sovereign Rivalry Parallels
Principle of Permitted Sovereign Limit Present on Babylon’s 70 Years
Overall Gentile and Jerusalem Permissions Concurrent For Entire Post 607 BCE Progression
Babylon and Jerusalem Symbology Firmly Parallel
World Government and the Messianic Kingdom Are the Final Parallel

Allows Christ Arrival Milestone Progression in Gentile System to be Known and Gauged Before Arrival
Thus the Final Warning “3.5 Times” of the Future

The “Seven Times” Comprehensive Connection to All Sovereign Prophecy
Figure 2 Sovereign Convergence
Every Sovereign Bible Prophecy Gentile and Jerusalem Sovereign Progression Converges with Daniel 4
Daniel 2
Daniel 7
Daniel 8
Daniel 11
Daniel 12
Revelation 13
Revelation 17
National Sovereign Transfer as BTG Deposition of Spiritual Sovereignty Global Context

Sovereign Parallel Extends to Armageddon for Final Comprehensive Summary
Christ Arrival Connection
Matthew 24:29-31 (Rev6:12-17)
Revelation 11:7-12
Revelation 16:13-20
Ties to Post Christ Arrival Final Sequence
Daniel 12:11
Revelation 14
Revelation 19
Concurrent Grand Finale

Demonstrates the Real Messianic Kingdom and Temple Completion Certainty
Demonstrates the World Government Completion and Deposition Certainty
Demonstrates Temple Judgment to Christ Arrival Pattern

“Seven Times” Prophecy and Context
Main 607 BCE to 537 BCE 70 Years Proof
With 586 BCE to 516 BCE 70 Years Extra Proof Support

Final Features of “Seven Times” Logic
Jeremiah’s 40 Years Full Opportunity Warning (626 BCE – 586 BCE)

Further Global Ramifications to Begin Upon Apostate Bethel
A Side Note on the Governing Body of Apostasy also Foretold in Daniel’s Prophecy
Attack on 1914 Aided by Bethel; Yet—It is Really a Non Issue
The 1
914 Problems—The Comprehensive Front and Back End Attack on 1914
Back End Distraction
“This Generation” Debacle Front End Distraction
Apostate GB Scandal Distraction “Cherry on Top”
Temple Judgment Starts the Final Cycle
Purification Enables Preparation for Final Warning “3.5 Times”

How UN NGO Bethel Joined the “UN System” under the “UN Secretariat” Principal UN Organ

How UN NGO Bethel Joined the “UN System” under the “UN Secretariat” Principal UN Organ

===

Background: Watchtower 1963 UN Resolution

Originally this thread/article was started, but it has been decided to make this a new thread with a UN System>UN-Secretariat>UN-DPI>UN-NGO>WTBTS title and focus as to how the WTBTS connect on up the UN System to the UN Secretariat and OSCE.

This was the original thread:

Bethel UN Resolution; WT 1963
http://www.topix.com/forum/religion/jehovahs-witness/TFSSMEFF4JH3S6667

*** Watchtower 1963 11/15 p. 685 par. 5 The Resolution ***

“” THAT, in order to prevent the destruction of the nations by their own means in war, the nations further refused the surrender of their sovereignty to God’s Messianic kingdom by setting up a society of nations, which, since 1945, has taken the form and the name of the United Nations, with international headquarters at New York city. This international organization stands for world sovereignty by political men. For years men without faith in God’s kingdom have endeavored to get all people to worship this international image of human political sovereignty as the best hope for earthly peace and security, in fact, the last hope for humanity. To date 111 nations have given worship to this political image by becoming members of it.

However, we, as witnesses of the Sovereign God Jehovah, will continue refusing to engage in such idolatrous worship, for we see, under angelic enlightenment, that God has smitten such idolaters with a malignant ulcer, symbolically speaking, that will spell death to them as spiritually diseased image worshipers who worship a man-made political creation rather than the Creator of heaven and earth;””

===

Looks like Bethel changed “The Resolution”, it’s OK to join the UN System Network of Global Organizations as a UN NGO “for a UN library card”.

===

When UN NGO Bethel Placed The Disgusting Thing
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/03/27/when-did-un-ngo-bethel-placed-the-disgusting-thing/

1990: 3RD UN Presentation—The Key to Modern Bethel Reality
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/04/08/1990-3rd-un-presentation-the-key-to-modern-bethel-reality/

Bethel “sealed” their own fate in 1991.

====
Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs)

As an inter-governmental body, the UN relies primarily on Member States but also welcomes grassroots initiatives to promote its work and ideas. Hundreds of nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) RALLY SUPPORT for the UN and influence legislation at the national level. Among these are organizations such as Amnesty International, Doctors without Borders, Lions Clubs and Rotary International (and the Watchtower Bible and Tract Society). Find an organization working on issues you care about and get involved.

http://visit.un.org/sites/visit.un.org/files/FS_What_the_UN_does_2012.pdf

===

Main New Article

How UN NGO Bethel Joined the “UN System” under the UN Secretariat UN-Organ

Ever wonder why UN System Member WTBTS aka Bethel was primed with the “organization” term so heavily?

Well because “ORGANIZATION” is a UN buzz-term from after WW2:

“International Organization” aka “Global Governance” aka “New World Order” aka World Government

“The Charter of the United Nations was signed on 26 June 1945, in San Francisco, at the conclusion of the United Nations Conference on International ORGANIZATION, and came into force on 24 October 1945. The Statute of the International Court of Justice is an integral part of the Charter.”

http://www.un.org/en/sections/un-charter/introductory-note/index.html

And because as a UN Secretariat Branch>>>UN Department of Public Information>>>Outreach Division (3),>>>UN Non-governmental “Organization” of the overall UN System network:

United Nations System Chart 2015
http://outreach.un.org/ngorelations/files/2015/06/2015_29-June_Final_UN-System-Chart.pdf

The WTBTS would answer to the UN Secretariat under the UN Secretary General (Javier Pérez de Cuéllar 82-91, Boutros Boutros-Ghali 92-96, Kofi Annan 97-06), who administers the UN DPI beneath the UN Secretariat Departments and Offices.

==

I. UN System Connection Down to UN DPI/UN NGO to WTBTS

1. United Nations System

http://outreach.un.org/ngorelations/files/2015/06/2015_29-June_Final_UN-System-Chart.pdf

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_Nations_System

A. The United Nations System consists of the United Nations, its subsidiary organs (including the separately-administered funds and programmes), the specialized agencies, and affiliated organizations.

United Nations 6 Principal Organs:

1. General Assembly
2. Security Council
3. Economic and Social Council
4. Secretariat
5. International Court of Justice
6. Trusteeship Council

Principal UN Organ to which the UN NGO connects:

2. United Nations Secretariat (One of 6 Principal UN Organs)

A. The UN Secretariat carries out the substantive and administrative work of the United Nations as directed by the General Assembly, the Security Council and the other organs. At its head is the Secretary-General, who provides overall administrative guidance.

http://www.un.org/Overview/uninbrief/secretariat.shtml

B. The Secretariat is the United Nations’ executive arm.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_Nations_Secretariat

http://www.un.org/en/sections/about-un/secretariat/index.html

C. United Nations Secretary-General

http://www.un.org/sg/

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Secretary-General_of_the_United_Nations#List_of_Secretaries-General

“”The Secretariat, one of the main organs of the UN, is organized along departmental lines, with each department or office having a distinct area of action and responsibility. Offices and departments coordinate with each other to ensure cohesion as they carry out the day to day work of the Organization in offices and duty stations around the world. At the head of the United Nations Secretariat is the Secretary-General.””

Under the UN Secretariat Departments and Offices, is the UN Department of Public Information

3. United Nations Department of Public Information UN DPI

A. History

“”The importance of working with and through NGOs as an integral part of United Nations information activities was recognized when the Department of Public Information was first established in 1946. The General Assembly, in its resolution 13 (I), instructed DPI and its branch offices to:

“…actively assist and encourage national information services, educational institutions and other governmental and non-governmental organizations of all kinds interested in spreading information about the United Nations. For this and other purposes, it should operate a fully equipped reference service, brief or supply lecturers, and make available its publications, documentary films, film strips, posters and other exhibits for use by these agencies and organizations.”

In 1968, the Economic and Social Council, by Resolution 1297 (XLIV) of 27 May, called on DPI to associate NGOs, bearing in mind the letter and spirit of its Resolution 1296 (XLIV) of 23 May 1968, which stated that an NGO “…shall undertake to support the work of the United Nations and to promote knowledge of its principles and activities, in accordance with its own aims and purposes and the nature and scope of its competence and activities”.””

http://outreach.un.org/ngorelations/about-us/history/

Understanding the United Nations System

United Nations System Chart
http://outreach.un.org/ngorelations/files/2015/06/2015_29-June_Final_UN-System-Chart.pdf


“”Why is this important?

It is important for NGO’s working at the United Nations to understand the Organization and how it functions.

Some basic facts:

There are six major bodies of the United Nations established under the UN Charter: the General Assembly, the Security Council, the Economic and Social Council, the Trusteeship Council, the International Court of Justice, and the Secretariat. The United Nations family, however, is much larger, encompassing 15 agencies and several programmes and bodies. Please visit these websites to become familiar with the United Nations system.””

http://outreach.un.org/ngorelations/about-us/un-system/

B. United Nations Secretariat Department of Public Information

About DPI

“”The Department of Public Information (DPI) was established in 1946, by General Assembly resolution 13 (I), to promote global awareness and understanding of the work of the United Nations. DPI undertakes this goal through radio, television, print, the Internet, video-conferencing and other media tools.

The Department reports annually on its work to the UN General Assembly’s Committee on Information. The Committee, which meets once a year, is responsible for overseeing the work of DPI and for providing it guidance on policies, programmes and activities of the Department.””

Mission

“”The Department of Public Information is dedicated to communicating the ideals and work of the United Nations to the world; to interacting and partnering with diverse audiences; and to building support for peace, development and human rights for all. Inform. Engage. Act.””

http://www.un.org/en/hq/dpi/about.shtml

C. United Nations Department of Public Information

“”The United Nations Department of Public Information (DPI) is tasked with raising public awareness and support of the work of the United Nations through strategic communications campaigns, media and relationships with civil society groups. The Department aims to accomplish this through its three Divisions.

The Strategic Communications Division (SCD) formulates and launches global information campaigns on UN issues. The Division also manages its network of 63 UN Information Centres (also known as information services or information offices) around the world in order to disseminate information to the public.

The News and Media Division (NMD) works with news outlets from around the world in all media – television, radio, internet – to disseminate information on the United Nations and its work. This includes media accreditation and liaison for journalists to cover day-to-day operations; providing live coverage, through video, audio and still images, of all official meetings and other important events, then providing written summaries as they are concluded; preserves and makes accessible these visual and audio records; and produces and distributes original content for broadcast.

The Outreach Division (OD) serves the broadest audience – the general public – through special public events, publications, services for visitors including guided tours, library services, and partnerships with educational institutions and non-governmental organizations or NGOs.””

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_Nations_Department_of_Public_Information

4. Outreach Division

A. Under the UN DPI “Outreach Division” is where the United Nations Non-governmental Organizations system is administered.

B. Purpose

“”The Outreach Division fosters dialogue with global constituencies such as academia, civil society, the entertainment industry, educators and students to encourage support for the ideals and activities of the United Nations.

Efforts targeted at the public are carried out in alliance with key partners that include celebrity advocates; partner libraries; and the media. The Division also works to provide information products and services to facilitate the work of UN Member States, staff and researchers and to support internal communications at the United Nations. The Division further promotes increased participation and involvement in the work of the United Nations by means of conferences, briefings, exhibits, publications and teaching materials.””

http://www.un.org/en/hq/dpi/od.shtml

http://www.un.org/en/hq/dpi/organigram.shtml

Which is all administered by the Secretary General through the UN DPI Committee:

B. UN DPI Committee

About the Committee

Establishment

“”At its 34th session, the General Assembly decided to maintain the Committee to Review United Nations Public Information Policies and Activities, established under General Assembly resolution 33/115 C of 18 December 1978, which would be known as the Committee on Information.””

Mandate

“”In its resolution 34/182 of 18 December 1979, the General Assembly outlined the mandate of the Committee on Information as follows:

To continue to examine United Nations public information policies and activities, in the light of the evolution of international relations, particularly during the past two decades, and of the imperatives of the establishment of the new international economic order and of a new world information and communication order;

To evaluate and follow up the efforts made and the progress achieved by the United Nations system in the field of information and communications; and

To promote the establishment of a new, more just and more effective world information and communication ORDER intended to strengthen peace and international understanding and based on the free circulation and wider and better-balanced dissemination of information and to make recommendations thereon to the General Assembly.””

http://www.un.org/en/ga/coi/about/bg.shtml

Membership of the Committee

“”Over the years, the membership of the Committee has continued to grow. Currently, the Committee is composed of the following 115 Member States.

The Committee is an open-ended body and any Member State, not yet Member of the Committee, can request membership by applying through the Secretariat.””

Alphabetical list of Member States…

http://www.un.org/en/ga/coi/about/members.shtml

That’s how the WTBTS is a UN System Member as UN NGO, through the UN Secretariat.

So yes Bethel did “join the United Nations” under the UN Secretariat “Executive Branch of the UN System”.

When people say “only nations can join the UN”, that is NOT true, many organizations and “consultants” can join the United Nations System under UN-ECOSOC and UN Secretariat principal UN Organs into the UN “International Organization”.

And this is why the Bethel UN NGO is dead serious business with God. (Dan8:13-14; Dan11:30-32a) And this is the UN System Bethel will NOT expose in any way shape or form. The “United Nations System” IS the “grass roots” to “top elite” Global Framework of World Government on the way, and well in the making, and enormous in scope.

II. WTBTS Lobbies the ‘Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe’ (OSCE; Arms Control) Connection: United Nations Economic and Social Council

Related UN-Economic and Social Council  Route to UN NGO Implementations (and the OSCE) as the UN-ECOSOC overlaps with the UN Secretariat in certain objectives.

1. United Nations Economic and Social Council

“ECOSOC brings people and issues together to promote collective action for a sustainable world.”

About ECOSOC

“The Economic and Social Council is at the heart of the United Nations system to advance the three dimensions of sustainable development – economic, social and environmental. It is the central platform for fostering debate and innovative thinking, forging consensus on ways forward, and coordinating efforts to achieve internationally agreed goals. It is also responsible for the follow-up to major UN conferences and summits.”

“The UN Charter established ECOSOC in 1946 as one of the six main organs of the United Nations.”

http://www.un.org/ecosoc/

As the OSCE was established in conjunction with UN Charter Chapter VIII as an “Arms Control” specialized Inter-governmental Organization:

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_intergovernmental_organizations

Relations with the United Nations

“”The OSCE considers itself a regional organization in the sense of Chapter VIII of the United Nations Charter and is an observer in the United Nations General Assembly. The Chairman-in-Office gives routine briefings to the United Nations Security Council.””

Chapter VIII of the United Nations Charter
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chapter_VIII_of_the_United_Nations_Charter

“”One of OSCE’s closest partners is the United Nations. Co-operation was initiated in 1992, when the participating States declared the OSCE to be “a regional arrangement in the sense of Chapter VIII of the Charter of the United Nations”.””

http://www.osce.org/networks/111477

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_intergovernmental_organizations

UN Charter CHAPTER X: THE ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COUNCIL

http://www.un.org/en/documents/charter/chapter10.shtml

Article 71

“”The Economic and Social Council may make suitable arrangements for consultation with non-governmental organizations which are concerned with matters within its competence. Such arrangements may be made with international organizations and, where appropriate, with national organizations after consultation with the Member of the United Nations concerned.””

2. Example: UN Connection to OSCE

As WTBTS now lobbies within the OSCE UN regional intergovernmental organization

Latest info: WTBTS’s involvement as an NGO with OSCE. Meeting today in Poland
http://www.topix.com/forum/religion/jehovahs-witness/TU09UVPE91M1MCQEK

Poland: Latest info on WTBTS’s involvement with OSCE (Organiztion for Security and Co-operation in Europe). Meetings begin Oct. 26th and end Oct. 7th
http://www.jehovahs-witness.com/topic/216269/poland-latest-info-on-wtbtss-involvement-osce-organiztion-security-co-operation-europe-meetings-begin-oct-26th-end-oct-7th?page=1

Watchtower Political & Commercial Involvement
http://www.jwfacts.com/watchtower/politics.php

3. WTBTS Global UN Lobby

Now what does the WTBTS have to do with “Arms Control” anyways?

What is really happening is the UN DPI UN NGO general UN System WTBTS membership has now been abandoned, yet the lobbying for the UN System overall has now branched out into many nations in many forms under the UN ECOSOC and UN Secretariat UN-Umbrella for public participation in global governance issues as the national, state and local level.

These many new WTBTS lobbying fronts are now in the form of Inter-Governmental Organizations of the UN System and its thousands of affiliates and supporting organizations, such as the OSCE, various UN and global “Human Rights Commissions”, in addition to many “specialized agencies” of the UN itself…

http://www.un.org/en/sections/about-un/funds-programmes-specialized-agencies-and-others/index.html

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_specialized_agencies_of_the_United_Nations

…such as UNESCO, UNICEF and so on, which “specialized agencies” the many many UN NGOs…

https://www.unodc.org/ngo/list.jsp

…and IGOs support in many ways and forms.

Thus now many supporting NGO’s who focus on other more specialized lobbies to ” rally support for the UN and influence legislation at the national level” with UN objectives as the end goal, can come in from many new angles of participation, not just the UN DPI “department” or “Outreach Division” access.

And that is how the WTBTS continues to “ride the scarlet wildbeast” as pictured by the UN System “image”, the Global Framework of total Global Governance in its schematic yet enormous and powerful global form especially maturing to World Government since after 1990.

So this research must then delve into these outer “grass roots”, UN-IGO, and regional to local initiative rings of the UN Onion. The more you look, the more you find. More will be added as they come u in the research.

=======
Supporting Information

Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Organization_for_Security_and_Co-operation_in_Europe#Relations_with_the_United_Nations

http://www.osce.org/whatistheosce

United Nations Non-Governmental Liaison Service
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_Nations_Non-Governmental_Liaison_Service#History_of_UN-NGO_relations

Who Participates in Global Governance?: States, Bureaucracies, and NGOs
https://books.google.com/books?id=aW0tBAAAQBAJ&pg

ECOSOC and NGO Consultative Status
http://www.ngocongo.org/membership/ecosoc-and-ngo-consultative-status

United Nations and NGOs
http://csonet.org/index.php?menu=119

Integrated Civil Society Organizations System
http://esango.un.org/civilsociety/login.do

Successful Models of Non-Governmental Organizations
http://csonet.org/index.php?menu=121

NGO Participation at the United Nations: Barriers and Solutions
http://esango.un.org/irene/?page=viewContent&nr=81&type=13&section=13&index=0

Regional Participation of Civil Society in the work of ECOSOC
http://csonet.org/index.php?menu=120

===

WTBTS OSCE
http://www.jwfacts.com/watchtower/politics.php

Human Rights Commission
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Human_rights_commission

JW HLC Involvement
http://www.rwi.lu.se/NHRIDB/Africa/Zambia/AnnualReport2007.pdf

Jehovah’s Witnesses, Shunning and Human Rights (an appeal to Nils Muižnieks) – Part 1 of 2
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PrXuhiFVo1E

===

When UN NGO Bethel Placed The Disgusting Thing
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/03/27/when-did-un-ngo-bethel-placed-the-disgusting-thing/

1990: 3RD UN Presentation—The Key to Modern Bethel Reality
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/04/08/1990-3rd-un-presentation-the-key-to-modern-bethel-reality/

UN NGO: What the United Nations of Non-Governmental Organizations Global Expansion System Really Is
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/gb-8k-infiltration/un-jw-infiltration-notes/un-ngo-what-the-united-nations-of-non-governmental-organizations-global-expansion-system-really-is/

JW UN NGO Prophecy, Information and Details
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-temple-judgment/the-jw-un-ngo-transgression-causing-desolation-connection-to-the-disgusting-thing-causing-desolation/

JW UN NGO – Tip of the Iceberg of Bethel Subversion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/flee/jw-un-ngo-tip-of-the-iceberg-of-bethel-subversion/

The JW UN NGO “Transgression Causing Desolation” Connection to the “Disgusting Thing Causing Desolation”
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/jw-temple-judgment/jw-un-ngo-and-daniel-813/

KING NORTH GLOBALIZATION TO WORLD GOVERNMENT

KING NORTH GLOBALIZATION TO WORLD GOVERNMENT

The Real ” King of the South” Nation-State and ” King of the North” Globalizer Global Scale Entities

How Apostate Bethel Developed Their Continued Daniel 11:27-43 USSR=King North Decoy Fiction Cover-up While Ignoring Massive Modern Global Events and the Globalization Development at the Same Time

I. Questions, Questions, Questions
II. The Initial King North/South Details
III. How Bethel Connected to Daniel 11:27 While Later Fully Bypassing The Globalization of King North
IV. Daniel 11:1-26 Overview
V. The Main Bethel Maintained Diversion and Premature Time Point
VI. Implications of Fictional Interpretive Extensions
VII. REALITY: Daniel 11:27-45 The Globalists’ “North” Versus The Nation-State “South” at Worldwide Scale
VIII. Daniel 11:40-45 Culmination Final Cycle Must Converge into Daniel 12 Final Fulfillment

I. Questions, Questions, Questions

To cut to the chase, would not a worldwide nation-state “south” “old world order” system being progressively financially, corporately and militarily dominated by a worldwide globalist “north” globalization system be far more significant than the failed USSR blip in history?


In light of global historic milestone events since WW1 to the end of the Cold War, that instead led to the downfall of the USSR and the emergence of a 3rd United Nations global presentation in 1990 (the one in “New World Order” mode), and the phenomenal expansion of the globalization system since then (Hab1:5-6), Bethel’s Daniel 11:27-45 interpretation requires an update for several reasons, does it not?

Yet, why does Bethel act as if nothing has changed since 1945 at that 2nd United Nations related presentation?

Is not that odd and backward stagnant behavior from Bethel’s supposed “full time Bible studiers”?


1. For example every notable King North/South transition has been explicitly noted in the Daniel 11:1-26 prophecy matching historic events and patterns.

Why is it the prophecy does not note the global monumental fall of the USSR?

2. Why has Bethel not noted the 3rd United Nations presentation of 1990 that climaxed with the end of the Cold War and that USSR global-fall?

If the first two United Nations related global presentations are in prophecy, UN1-2 (1919,1945), is not the 1990 3rd United Nations global presentation also in this UN progression, UN1-2-3, to World Government as perhaps UN1-2-3-4 of the future?

3. Why has “UN NGO” Bethel instead joined the United Nations of Non-Governmental Organizations?

Why has Bethel instead become “UN NGO”, while at the same time downplaying that 1990 3rd UN presentation?

Why is Bethel also refusing to update Daniel 11:27-45 in light of these HUGE global developments and the big questions which arise with the Cold War 3rd global war cycle cessation with the fall of the USSR to result in a THIRD United Nations capping global presentation?

Could perhaps all those Bethel anomalies of potential UN aligned and allied fresh apostasy, seemingly concurrently co-developing at Bethel, in their purposeful ignorance, actually be found somewhere in Daniel 11:27-45’s details as well? (Such as the apostate co-developments of Daniel 11:30b-32a perhaps?)

So how is it Bethel has hit this 1990 UN dead end at the UN NGO cul-de-sac?

II. The Initial King North/South Details

Well by examining Daniel 11:1-26 prophecy turned history, we can examine how Daniel 11 actually has previously demonstrated the required explicit details recorded in the prophetic text regarding King South and King North historic development which we can review to see these details that matched historic events and patterns. Those details have been provided to match the “kings'” progression of that time, that we can now fully examine in hindsight, as an example of the detail that Bethel has been instead bypassing and at times fudging with connective assumptions between historic sections of Daniel 11.

This examination is in agreement with the Bethel methods and interpretation of Daniel 11:1-26, and will examine its details from the Fred Franz 1958 era Daniel’s prophecy commentary which is the basis of the “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” commentary of 1999, which we will select excerpts from in regard to Daniel 11:1-26.

By examining the former standard practices of Bethel prophetic interpretation in Daniel 11:1-26, we can then see the manner in which they diverged into assumptions after that successful explanation, to connect by these speculative connections into Daniel 11:27-45, and the now Bethel continued error that ensued.

Now in the Bethel interpretation, since Daniel 11:27, Bethel has gone from understandable error while World War 2 (WW2) had passed into the then active Cold War and USSR period, from 1958. But in time of more significant global events in 1990, such as the fall of the USSR and the end of the Cold War, not noted in the prophecy, Bethel has now devolved into blatant stagnant ignorance regarding Daniel 11:27-45 in 1999.

Thus, since the USSR fell Bethel is now concealing far greater and more modernly significant, truly global scope, world developments, while maintaining what has now become a bypass of the whole Daniel 11:27-45 prophecy. What was former error, has now become unaddressed bold faced lies, which is aided by not responding to, and addressing, the HISTORY of these modern milestone global developments since 1990 of these “two kings” (Dan11:27), that actually match the prophecy in detail.

For example, is not that 1990 3rd United Nations successful “placement” also required to be in prophecy? And is not that 3rd UN event also matching this Daniel 11:27-45 section of prophecy which also reveals a co-developing apostasy and its negative effects in Daniel 11:30-35?

That being the case, we will examine this Daniel 11:27-45 mostly post 1990 developmental prophecy of King North development in regard to these details provided in the prophecy:

1. A marked unique period of world war development; e.g. the unique “Cold” World War period (Dan11:29)

2. A notable King North backed “place the disgusting thing” event, matching the post Cold War 1990 3rd United Nations global presentation. (Dan11:31b)

3. A notable King North guided co-developing apostasy, ministerial profanation, and “disgusting thing” “placement” collusion which “acts effectively” in successful ministerial subversion. (Dan11:30-35)

4. A fully King North successful and fully dominating system emerging in prophecy and the global system in all details. (Dan11:36-39)

5. A progressive and successful “globalism” based global scale invasion (Dan11:40) and anti-ministerial invasion and event (Dan11:41), leading into the climax portion as Daniel 11:42-43, en route to World Government as Daniel 11:44-45, which must fully fulfill that whole sequence in the future to full global culmination.

Thus there are some details apostate Bethel is concealing, which also marks what would be expected from a King North globalist designed subversion operation (Dan11:32a), as EVERYTHING is now fitting hand-in-glove, in the ENTIRE overall development especially since the 3rd UN event marked 1990 point actually in the prophecy at Daniel 11:31b.

Daniel 11:1-45 Basic Structure

The setup and subsequent progression of the King North and King South development appears in four sections of progressions in the prophecy as distinct periods of that historic Medo-Persian-to-Greece setup (Dan11:1-4) and the following King North/King South development. (Daniel 11:5-45)

The four progressions are from the initial historic setup of the Medo-Persian transition to Grecian Alexander in Daniel 11:1-4, the Grecian developments after Alexander in Daniel 11:5-19, into the classic Roman era marked domination of Daniel 11:20-26 as these first three of these four progressions:

1. Daniel 11:1-4 Setup;

2. Daniel 11:5-19 Grecian Period;

3. Daniel 11:20-26 Roman Period;

Those sections are not being examined to attempt to update the now well proven periods leading to Christ (Dan11:22), now eclipsed by far more serious modern globalization implications upon Daniel 11:27-45. They are being examined to see how the real “north” and “south” progression has been noted in the prophecy to match former historical details actually in the prophecy.

It is the fourth section (Dan11:27-45), that we need to understand just how Bethel originally bridged into Daniel 11:27-45, not by historic details in the prophecy, but by Bethel assumptions after Daniel 11:26. And once “connected” there, the events spanning WW1, WW2 and the Cold War then seemed to match the great nation-state based polarity that formed with Germany and Russian “pushing” against the Anglo-American national based global empire co-expansion.

Before we get to the fourth section of Daniel 11, what must now be closely examined is the Bethel claims that led to, and into, the fourth progression as Daniel 11:27-45. Bethel still claims Daniel 11:27-43 as being WW1 to Cold War era outlines of national based conflicts which led to the problems addressed in the above as the globalization system became more recognizable. This is Bethel’s retained claim, in spite of the USSR deposition events covered above:

4. Daniel 11:27-43 WW1-WW2-Cold War USSR national bloc and Anglo-American national alliance period up to 1990. (Bethel version)

It is agreed this is the period in question, WW1-Cold War. But what defines the “north” and the “south” is not mere nation-state squabbles (Dan11:27b), but the actual “north” globalist tier of real “King North” power that developed with all these world wars, into what is now a rampant globalization system as the globalizing corporate framework of world government is what is really forming over the “south” global nation-state system.

While Bethel diverts Jehovah’s witnesses attention to WW1-WW2-Cold War national system distractions and decoys, it seems another global development has been at work unknown to Jehovah’s witnesses. Now, in full ignorance of the real “north” globalization tier of world power, which actually forms the real final progression of King North with their 3rd United Nations marked global presentation of 1990 to World Government of the Future, that real globalist “north” and nation-state “south” systems’ “pushing” has been in action the whole time:

4. Daniel 11:27-45 Nation-State “King South” and Globalist “King North” Development Period Since World War I—Still Active and Preparing for the Final Cycle Push to World Government “North” (Dan11:41-45);

The actually “king” “south” national “puppets” on the stage of the “world war” ( WW1/WW2 and Cold War “world war”) cycle ” global play stage”, thus became the focus of many nations and people, which aided the diversion of attention from the real corporate and financial Anglo-American guided “north” tier that was actually expanding and consolidating wealth in all those global war cycles. Even the USSR was partly financially funded by the Anglo-American globalists “north” system of wealth.

Examining Daniel 11:1-26 For Interpretation Principles

What this Daniel 11 study will establish first, is the fact every needed King North and King South detail is given in the Daniel 11 prophecy to identify the historic reality of the progression over time since around 490 BCE.

A. The rise and fall, and the major contextual characteristics, events and personalities of these “kings” times, now mostly historic development, are noted in explicit detail.

B. When an initial historic power setup, and the King North or King South entity changes, within the middle two periods (Dan11:5-19, Dan11:20-26), as initially individuals noted in the role of “kings”, it does not change the overall nation-state era it is within. For example, Post Alexander Grecian expansion (Dan11:5-19), or Roman expansion (Dan11:20-26),  remain the overall national related context those respective kings develop within.

And NONE of them are just “left hanging” like the Bethel USSR “King North” supposedly stalled at Daniel 11:43, with no major event marker EXPLICITLY NOTED IN THE PROPHECY.

And worse, by Bethel assumption, “King North” cannot be “on hold” in a  prophecy the USSR plainly did NOT fulfill in Daniel 11:42-43 global gold and wealth rulership in the first place!

Rather, a major fall event is ALWAYS noted, explicitly or implied by opposing “king” success. For example in Daniel 11:42-43 of the future, there will be no question King North rules the global wealth system!

Thus the identifiable power system, contextual circumstances and identity changing transition point, is clearly noted within the four historic progressions of these polar kings, as Daniel 11:1-26 first three sections will demonstrate.

But come the time of Daniel 11:27-45, Bethel naturally tried to “fill the gap” of time after the Roman Empire into modern times of that time, in hindsight, prematurely. From the time of the well meaning Fred Franz interpretive attempt (1958), which premature attempt became well set in Jehovah’s witnesses teachings, this error was set. But when far greater developments in the national system real global “south”, and the globalization system of developing world government “north”, started to manifest fully after 1990, Bethel decided to ignore all that reality and concrete in the original Daniel interpretation of Daniel 11:27-45, now clearly in error, in the 1999 “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” book.

More aptly, in hindsight, the book should be titled “Pay NO Attention to Daniels Prophecy”.

Thus rather than explain peak post Cold War globalization King North development since 1990 from Daniel 11:30 forward, Bethel ends the commentary at 1990, as if Daniel 11:43! Nearly the entire globalization “north” system detailing, and 3rd United Nations marker, is IGNORED AND BYPASSED by this Bethel modern trick.

So we need to see how Bethel arrived at Daniel 11:27, well premature of the reality of the prophecy, in the first place.

III. How Bethel Connected to Daniel 11:27 While Later Fully Bypassing The Globalization of King North

The reason this premature foray into Daniel 11:27-45 is significant is that after Roman fulfillment of Daniel 11:20-26, Bethel pulls a completely speculative fill-in bridging rationale as to what the global historic developments in the nation-state system mean, after classic Roman development.

From that speculative connection (with historic events, but not prophetic details), as it seems to lead into Daniel 11:27-45 in Bethel’s premature attempt at interpretation, eventually Germany and England are derived by historical projection into WW1, as national blocks of seeming respective “north” and “south” continuation of these “kings” progression into modern times.

Except none of these Daniel 11:26 to Daniel 11:27-45 bridging assumptions, which we will cover next, are actually detailed in the Daniel 11 explicit prophecy, as will be shown. (Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy chap. 14 pp. 242-247, ch. The Two Kings Change Identities)

Starting with page 242, everything after Daniel 11:26 (and the rest of that Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy book), is the bridge of speculation and error that led to Daniel 11:27 misapplication of national powers as, in hindsight, decoys of Britain supposed “King South” and Germanic-to-USSR supposed “King North”.

In reality, WW1, WW2, and the Cold War were a all Globalist “King North” engineered world war cycles, three of four, which in hindsight, all cap off with a United Nations global capping presentation, all three times—which is a very important cycle culmination to take note of.

1. First was the WW1 resolving League of Nations global presentation in 1919 (Dan12:11; Rev13:11-15);

2. The WW2 resolved United Nations global presentation in 1945 (Rev17:8-11);

3. The Cold War resolution United Nations global presentation in 1990 (Dan11:31b; Dan8:23);

4. And thus in the future, there will be a fourth, World Government, as Daniel 11:40-45 final global war cycle culmination. [1]

Instead, at Bethel, “nation versus nation” speculatively applied diversions are then applied to lead to and into Daniel 11:27-43 through WW1, WW2 and into the Cold War, to terminate, or rather to go “King North on hold at Daniel 11:43”, as the assumed “King North”  USSR fails and falls, with also no prophetic indication of such a major truly global scope event, while all real globalization system reality is totally bypassed in all its Daniel 11:27-45 details, set in 1990 stone at Bethel, in the meantime!

Thus the very erred connective historic based assumptions that led to the Daniel 11:27-45 interpretive attempt are based on the assumptions of the time, not actual Daniel 11 prophetic details that lead to Daniel 11:27, or actually applicable in Daniel 11:27-45. Bethel is who connected Daniel 11:26 to Daniel 11:27 for us, by an exercise in summarizing connective history—not actually prophecy.

In so doing, in the Bethel speculative “interpretations” leading to and into Daniel 11:27-43, the fall of the USSR is also not noted explicitly in the prophecy, as has been the case in the entire lead in to Daniel 11:27-45 where every “king” transition is noted. (which we will cover)

Thus it is also questionable that the USSR ever has applied to anything in Daniel 11, except for this “nothing will succeed”:

(Daniel 11:27) “And as regards these two kings (national and globalist system), their heart will be inclined to doing what is bad, and at one table a lie is what they will keep speaking. But nothing will succeed, because [the] end is yet for the time appointed.

For the USSR cannot fulfill this requirement of success.

(Daniel 11:36) “And the king will actually do according to his own will, and he will exalt himself and magnify himself above every god; and against the God of gods he will speak marvelous things. And he will certainly prove successful until [the] denunciation will have come to a finish; because the thing decided upon must be done.

Instead the USSR is one of these “most fortified strongholds” overcome by the real King North Globalist system they are actually as controlled by as the USA and EU national systems.

(Daniel 11:39) And he will act effectively against the most fortified strongholds…

So the real “King North” entity, as one unbroken “success” from Daniel 11:27 forward, is the one who prevailed in “UN Cold Victory” in the “Cold War” collapse of the USSR. And they had a global milestone United Nations presentation in 1990, actually explicit in Daniel 11, to mark the real King North “success”.

Thus what is also ignored with these telling details, is the 1990 3rd United Nations Global Presentation event, which is the key modern event actually explicitly marked in the prophecy:

(Daniel 11:31b) “And they will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation.

They were successful in the same cyclic manner after WW2 in 1945 with the United Nations presentation resolution. They were successful in the same cyclic manner after WW1 in 1919  with the League of Nations presentation resolution.

Thus the whole ASSUMPTION that Bethel used to span the Daniel 11:26 Roman era, to national Germanic and British development not actually noted in prophecy, then into Daniel 11:27 according to that premature, speculative and erred momentum, is the very bridge of speculation that began the attempted application of WW1, WW2 and Cold War USSR developments and events to Daniel 11:27-43 as national powers.

The WW1, WW2 and Cold War era is within Daniel 11:27-31, but the concurrent real “King North” is the Globalist System globalization features capitalizing on the “King South” global nation-state systems.

The connective assumptions result:

*** dp chap. 15 pp. 256-259 The Rival Kings Enter the 20th Century ***

The Rival Kings Enter the 20th Century

“THERE is a dynamism about nineteenth-century Europe that far exceeds anything previously known,” writes historian Norman Davies. He adds: “Europe vibrated with power as never before: with technical power, economic power, cultural power, intercontinental power.” The leaders of “Europe’s triumphant ‘power century,’” says Davies, “were in the first instance Great Britain and in the later decades Germany.”

“INCLINED TO DOING WHAT IS BAD”

2 As the 19th century neared its end, the German Empire was “the king of the north” and Britain stood in the position of “the king of the south.” (Daniel 11:14, 15) “As regards these two kings,” said Jehovah’s angel, “their heart will be inclined to doing what is bad, and at one table a lie is what they will keep speaking.” He continued: “But nothing will succeed, because the end is yet for the time appointed.”—Daniel 11:27.

3 On January 18, 1871, Wilhelm I became the first emperor of the German Reich, or Empire. He appointed Otto von Bismarck as chancellor. With his focus on developing the new empire, Bismarck avoided conflicts with other nations and formed an alliance with Austria-Hungary and Italy, known as the Triple Alliance. But the interests of this new king of the north soon clashed with those of the king of the south. (Britain)

While that is all historic truth, it is not the truth of King North and King South as actually none of that is noted in the prophecy, it is all applied from the summarizing commentary after Daniel 11:26 in the previous chapter (which we will cover below). That then continued the post WW1, WW2 Cold War diversion, to what ended up being the USSR “decoy” “King North” in Daniel 11:31-43.

The only reason the prophecy is ended in the Bethel interpretation at Daniel 11:43, as if the USSR King North, is because the USSR fell, while the premature interpretation was already in action for over 30 years. It was “left hanging” not due to any noting of such a major global event in the prophecy. In effect the dissolution of the USSR, upon already speculative application of Daniel 11:36-43 to that national bloc entity, was why Bethel was over advanced to Daniel 11:43 at the time the USSR just happened to be another “and nothing will succeed” of Daniel 11:27.

The death of Fred Franz in 1992, meant the previous commentator of this whole development had now died. And Bethel did not pick up the torch, but let the error continue to ride with no proper re-examination in light of the USSR collapse and that 3rd UN event in 1990. They just put “King North” “on hold” at Daniel 11:43.

And not only is the prophecy over advanced to Daniel 11:44 expectations to fulfill next, as if the USSR was the whole time the real King North, the USSR is not even the real King North, but just another squabbling and temporary King South nation-state partial national bloc system decoy. The whole real King South has been composed of rival nation-state systems vying with the 7th King US/UK national alliance bloc, also a King South national based entity, in the first two world wars—world wars orchestrated by the Globalist King North massive technocratic, industrial and banking system.

That whole speculation after Daniel 11:26, from bridging to Daniel 11:27 and on into the Daniel 11:27-43 prophecy in error, which was an exercise in understandable root-error from Fred Franz era (1958; Your Will Be Done commentary on Daniel’s Prophecy), is how the WW1 and WW2 era developments ended up being actually misapplied in Daniel 11:27-31—now in place 57 years among Jehovah’s witnesses as of 2015.

In hindsight, this is now but a concealment of the real developments of an increasingly controlled global nation-state system of the real King North Globalist System global controller, who, in the future, end up capturing the whole “King South” worldwide nation-state system in Daniel 11:42-43 coming up:

(Daniel 11:42-43) And he will keep thrusting out his hand against the lands; and as regards the land of Egypt, she will not prove to be an escapee. 43 And he will actually rule over the hidden treasures of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.

(Daniel 11:42-43) And he (8th King/King North) will keep thrusting out his hand against the (national) lands; and as regards the land of Egypt (collective national powers; King South “capital”), she (feminized King South) will not prove to be an escapee. (captured by globalist power intrigues of first a financial nature:) 43 And he (King North/8th King) will actually rule over the hidden treasures (globally) of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. (Thus 8th King/King North rules the world wealth, wealth system and all “desirable things” of collective global national “Egypt” “King South” powers in full globalist progressive ownership);

But at modern Bethel since 1990, with all these real developments on the global historic record, it is inexcusable for modern Bethel to merely continue the 1958 based error in spite of the major marked 3rd UN presentation events and the fall of the USSR in the 1990 critical period of true “King North” United Nations success!

Are we to think God would not have noted such massive global events and USSR downfall in the key prophecy to World Government?

(Daniel 11:39) And he will act effectively against the most fortified strongholds…

The USSR was merely one of those “most fortified strongholds” to fold under the real Globalist System King North “success” and “act effectively”!

But now let us see how Daniel 11:1-26 is explicit as to any rise or fall of King South and King North that is actually prophetic, as we move to the real meaning of Daniel 11:27-45, by this examination of the former valid fulfillments. 

IV. Daniel 11:1-26 Overview

Daniel 11:1-4 Historic Context Setup (490 BCE-300 BCE)

Daniel 11:1-2 Medo-Persian Transition to Greece Ascension (490 BCE-479 BCE)

Daniel 11:1-2

Root Medo-Persian Development to Greece Ascension
Medo-Persia: Cyrus the Great, Cambyses II, and Darius I, Xerxes I Greece
Medo-Persian power cessation historic benchmark


(Daniel 11:1-2a)
“And as for me, in the first year of Darius the Mede I stood up as a strengthener and as a fortress to him. 2 And now what is truth I shall tell to you: “Look! There will yet be three kings standing up for Persia, and the fourth one will amass greater riches than all [others]. And as soon as he has become strong in his riches, he will rouse up everything against the kingdom of Greece.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 212-213 par. 5 Two Kings in Conflict ***

The first three kings were Cyrus the Great, Cambyses II, and Darius I (Hystaspes). Since Bardiya (or perhaps a pretender named Gaumata) ruled for only seven months, the prophecy did not take his brief reign into consideration. In 490 B.C.E., the third king, Darius I, attempted to invade Greece for the second time. However, the Persians were routed at Marathon and retreated to Asia Minor. Though Darius made careful preparations for a further campaign against Greece, he could not carry it out before his death four years later. That was left up to his son and successor, the “fourth” king, Xerxes I. He was the King Ahasuerus who married Esther.—Esther 1:1; 2:15-17.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 213 par. 7 Two Kings in Conflict ***

Planning on nothing less than a complete conquest, Xerxes I moved his huge force against Greece in 480 B.C.E. Overcoming a Greek delaying action at Thermopylae, the Persians ravaged Athens. At Salamis, though, they met with terrible defeat. Another Greek victory took place at Plataea, in 479 B.C.E. None of the seven kings who succeeded Xerxes on the throne of the Persian Empire during the next 143 years carried war into Greece. But then there arose a mighty king in Greece.

Greece Alexander (336 BCE-300 BCE)

Daniel 11:3-
4

Greece Ascension Greece Four Generals
Alexander the Great Cassander, Lysimachus, Seleucus I Nicator, Ptolemy Lagus
Alexander’s rise and fall historic benchmark Grecian military kingdom root development historic benchmark

(Daniel 11:3-4) “And a mighty king will certainly stand up and rule with extensive dominion and do according to his will. 4 And when he will have stood up, his kingdom will be broken and be divided toward the four winds of the heavens, but not to his posterity and not according to his dominion with which he had ruled; because his kingdom will be uprooted, even for others than these.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 213-215 par. 11 Two Kings in Conflict ***

A GREAT KINGDOM DIVIDED INTO FOUR

8 “A mighty king will certainly stand up and rule with extensive dominion and do according to his will,” said the angel. (Daniel 11:3) Twenty-year-old Alexander ‘stood up’ as king of Macedonia in 336 B.C.E. He did become “a mighty king”—Alexander the Great. Driven by a plan of his father, Philip II, he took the Persian provinces in the Middle East. Crossing the Euphrates and Tigris rivers, his 47,000 men scattered the 250,000 troops of Darius III at Gaugamela. Subsequently, Darius fled and was murdered, ending the Persian dynasty. Greece now became the world power, and Alexander ‘ruled with extensive dominion and did according to his will.’

9 Alexander’s rulership over the world was to be brief, for God’s angel added: “When he will have stood up, his kingdom will be broken and be divided toward the four winds of the heavens, but not to his posterity and not according to his dominion with which he had ruled; because his kingdom will be uprooted, even for others than these.” (Daniel 11:4) Alexander was not quite 33 years old when sudden illness took his life in Babylon in 323 B.C.E.

10 Alexander’s vast empire did not pass to “his posterity.” His brother Philip III Arrhidaeus reigned for less than seven years and was murdered at the instance of Olympias, Alexander’s mother, in 317 B.C.E. Alexander’s son Alexander IV ruled until 311 B.C.E. when he met death at the hands of Cassander, one of his father’s generals. Alexander’s illegitimate son Heracles sought to rule in his father’s name but was murdered in 309 B.C.E. Thus ended the line of Alexander, “his dominion” departing from his family.

11 Following the death of Alexander, his kingdom was “divided toward the four winds.” His many generals quarreled among themselves as they grabbed for territory. One-eyed General Antigonus I tried to bring all of Alexander’s empire under his control. But he was killed in a battle at Ipsus in Phrygia. By the year 301 B.C.E., four of Alexander’s generals were in power over the vast territory that their commander had conquered. Cassander ruled Macedonia and Greece. Lysimachus gained control over Asia Minor and Thrace. Seleucus I Nicator secured Mesopotamia and Syria. And Ptolemy Lagus took Egypt and Palestine. True to the prophetic word, Alexander’s great empire was divided into four Hellenistic kingdoms.

Daniel 11:5-19 Greece/Post Alexander—Egypt and Syria (300 BCE-187 BCE)

Daniel 11:5

Key:
King South
King North
Rise or Notable Event (bold)
Fall or Defeat Noted (underline)

King South  King North
Egypt— Ptolemy I Syria— King Seleucus I Nicator

(Daniel 11:5) “And the king of the south will become strong, even [one] of his princes; and he will prevail against him and will certainly rule with extensive dominion [greater than] that one’s ruling power.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 218 par. 16 Two Kings in Conflict ***

The designations “the king of the north” and “the king of the south” refer to kings north and south of Daniel’s people, who were by then freed from Babylonian captivity and restored to the land of Judah. The initial king of the south” was Ptolemy I of Egypt. One of Alexander’s generals who prevailed against Ptolemy I and ruled “with extensive dominion” was Syrian King Seleucus I Nicator. He assumed the role of “the king of the north.”

Daniel 11:6-8

King South King North
Ptolemy II Antiochus II

(Daniel 11:6-8) “And at the end of [some] years they will ally themselves with each other, and the very daughter of the king of the south will come to the king of the north in order to make an equitable arrangement. But she will not retain the power of her arm; and he will not stand, neither his arm; and she will be given up, she herself, and those bringing her in, and he who caused her birth, and the one making her strong in [those] times.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 219 par. 19 Two Kings in Conflict ***

The prophecy did not take note of Seleucus I Nicator’s son and successor, Antiochus I, because he did not wage a decisive war against the king of the south. But his successor, Antiochus II, fought a long war against Ptolemy II, the son of Ptolemy I. Antiochus II and Ptolemy II respectively constituted the king of the north and the king of the south. Antiochus II was married to Laodice, and they had a son named Seleucus II, whereas Ptolemy II had a daughter named Berenice. In 250 B.C.E., these two kings entered into “an equitable arrangement.” To pay the price of this alliance, Antiochus II divorced his wife Laodice and married Berenice, “the very daughter of the king of the south.” By Berenice, he had a son who became heir to the Syrian throne instead of the sons of Laodice.

Berenice’s “arm,” or supporting power, was her father, Ptolemy II. When he died in 246 B.C.E., she did not “retain the power of her arm” with her husband. Antiochus II rejected her, remarried Laodice, and named their son to be his successor. As Laodice planned, Berenice and her son were murdered. Evidently, the attendants who had brought Berenice from Egypt to Syria—“those bringing her in”—suffered the same end. Laodice even poisoned Antiochus II, and thus “his arm,” or power, also did “not stand.” Hence, Berenice’s father—“he who caused her birth”—and her Syrian husband—who had temporarily made her “strong”—both died. This left Seleucus II, the son of Laodice, as Syrian king. How would the next Ptolemaic king react to all of this?

Daniel 11:7-8

King South King North
Ptolemy III Seleucus II

(Daniel 11:7-8) And one from the sprout of her roots will certainly stand up in his position, and he will come to the military force and come against the fortress of the king of the north and will certainly act against them and prevail. 8 And also with their gods, with their molten images, with their desirable articles of silver and of gold, [and] with the captives he will come to Egypt. And he himself will for [some] years stand off from the king of the north.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 220-221 Two Kings in Conflict ***

A KING AVENGES HIS SISTER’S MURDER

21 “One from the sprout of her roots will certainly stand up in his position,” said the angel, “and he will come to the military force and come against the fortress of the king of the north and will certainly act against them and prevail.” (Daniel 11:7) “One from the sprout” of Berenice’s parents, or “roots,” was her brother. At his father’s death, he ‘stood up’ as the king of the south, the Egyptian Pharaoh Ptolemy III. At once he set out to avenge his sister’s murder. Marching against Syrian King Seleucus II, who Laodice had used to murder Berenice and her son, he came against “the fortress of the king of the north.” Ptolemy III took the fortified part of Antioch and dealt a deathblow to Laodice. Moving eastward through the domain of the king of the north, he plundered Babylonia and marched on to India.

22 What happened next? God’s angel tells us: “And also with their gods, with their molten images, with their desirable articles of silver and of gold, and with the captives he will come to Egypt. And he himself will for some years stand off from the king of the north.” (Daniel 11:8) Over 200 years earlier, Persian King Cambyses II had conquered Egypt and carried home Egyptian gods, “their molten images.” Plundering Persia’s former royal capital Susa, Ptolemy III recovered these gods and took them ‘captive’ to Egypt. He also brought back as spoils of war a great many “desirable articles of silver and of gold.” Obliged to quell revolt at home, Ptolemy III ‘stood off from the king of the north,’ inflicting no further injuries upon him.

Daniel 11:9

King South King North
Ptolemy III Seleucus II

(Daniel 11:9) “And he will actually come into the kingdom of the king of the south and go back to his own soil.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 221 par. 23 Two Kings in Conflict ***

The king of the north—Syrian King Seleucus II—struck back. He entered “the kingdom,” or realm, of the Egyptian king of the south but met defeat. With only a small remnant of his army, Seleucus II ‘went back to his own soil,’ retreating to the Syrian capital Antioch in about 242 B.C.E. At his death, his son Seleucus III succeeded him.

Daniel 11:10

King South King North
Ptolemy IV Antiochus III

(Daniel 11:10) “Now as for his sons, they will excite themselves and actually gather together a crowd of large military forces. And in coming he will certainly come and flood over and pass through. But he will go back, and he will excite himself all the way to his fortress.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 221-222 par. 24 Two Kings in Conflict ***

Assassination ended the reign of Seleucus III in less than three years. His brother, Antiochus III, succeeded him on the Syrian throne. This son of Seleucus II assembled great forces for an assault on the king of the south, who was by then Ptolemy IV. The new Syrian king of the north successfully fought against Egypt and won back the seaport of Seleucia, the province of Coele-Syria, the cities of Tyre and Ptolemaïs, and nearby towns. He routed an army of King Ptolemy IV and took many cities of Judah. In the spring of 217 B.C.E., Antiochus III left Ptolemaïs and went north, “all the way to his fortress” in Syria. But a change was in sight.

Daniel 11:11-12

King South King North
Ptolemy IV Antiochus III

(Daniel 11:11-12) “And the king of the south will embitter himself and will have to go forth and fight with him, [that is,] with the king of the north; and he will certainly have a large crowd stand up, and the crowd will actually be given into the hand of that one. 12 And the crowd will certainly be carried away. His heart will become exalted, and he will actually cause tens of thousands to fall; but he will not use his strong position.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 222 par. 25 Two Kings in Conflict ***

With 75,000 troops, the king of the south, Ptolemy IV, moved northward against the enemy. The Syrian king of the north, Antiochus III, had raised “a large crowd” of 68,000 to stand up against him. But “the crowd” was “given into the hand” of the king of the south in battle at the coastal city of Raphia, not far from Egypt’s border.

Ptolemy IV, the king of the south, “carried away” 10,000 Syrian infantry and 300 cavalry into death and took 4,000 as prisoners. The kings then made a treaty whereby Antiochus III kept his Syrian seaport of Seleucia but lost Phoenicia and Coele-Syria. Over this victory, the heart of the Egyptian king of the south ‘became exalted,’ especially against Jehovah. Judah remained under the control of Ptolemy IV. However, he did not “use his strong position” to follow up his victory against the Syrian king of the north. Instead, Ptolemy IV turned to a life of debauchery, and his five-year-old son, Ptolemy V, became the next king of the south some years before the death of Antiochus III.

Daniel 11:13-14

King South King North
Ptolemy V Antiochus III

(Daniel 11:13-14) “And the king of the north must return and set up a crowd larger than the first; and at the end of the times, [some] years, he will come, doing so with a great military force and with a great deal of goods. 14 And in those times there will be many who will stand up against the king of the south.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 223 par. 27-28 Two Kings in Conflict ***

These “times” were 16 or more years after the Egyptians defeated the Syrians at Raphia. When young Ptolemy V became king of the south, Antiochus III set out with “a crowd larger than the first” to recover the territories he had lost to the Egyptian king of the south. To that end, he joined forces with Macedonian King Philip V.

The king of the south also had troubles within his kingdom. “In those times there will be many who will stand up against the king of the south,” said the angel. (Daniel 11:14a) Many did “stand up against the king of the south.” Besides facing the forces of Antiochus III and his Macedonian ally, the young king of the south faced problems at home in Egypt. Because his guardian Agathocles, who ruled in his name, dealt arrogantly with the Egyptians, many revolted.

Daniel 11:14

King South King North
Ptolemy V Antiochus III
Israel historic benchmark

(Daniel 11:14) “And the sons of the robbers belonging to your people will, for their part, be carried along to try making a vision come true; and they will have to stumble.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 223-224 par. 28 Two Kings in Conflict ***

Because his guardian Agathocles, who ruled in his name, dealt arrogantly with the Egyptians, many revolted. The angel added: “And the sons of the robbers belonging to your people will, for their part, be carried along to try making a vision come true; and they will have to stumble.” (Daniel 11:14b) Even some of Daniel’s people became ‘sons of robbers,’ or revolutionaries. But any “vision” such Jewish men had of ending Gentile domination of their homeland was false, and they would fail, or “stumble.”

Daniel 11:15-16

King South King North
Ptolemy V Antiochus III
Israel historic benchmark

(Daniel 11:15-16) “And the king of the north will come and throw up a siege rampart and actually capture a city with fortifications. And as for the arms of the south, they will not stand, neither the people of his picked ones; and there will be no power to keep standing. 16 And the one coming against him will do according to his will, and there will be no one standing before him. And he will stand in the land of the Decoration, and there will be extermination in his hand.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 224 par. 30 Two Kings in Conflict ***

Military forces under Ptolemy V, or “arms of the south,” succumbed to assault from the north. At Paneas (Caesarea Philippi), Antiochus III drove Egypt’s General Scopas and 10,000 select men, or “picked ones,” into Sidon, “a city with fortifications.” There Antiochus III ‘threw up a siege rampart,’ taking that Phoenician seaport in 198 B.C.E. He acted “according to his will” because the forces of the Egyptian king of the south were unable to stand before him. Antiochus III then marched against Jerusalem, the capital of “the land of the Decoration,” Judah. In 198 B.C.E., Jerusalem and Judah passed from domination by the Egyptian king of the south to that of the Syrian king of the north. And Antiochus III, the king of the north, began to “stand in the land of the Decoration.” There was “extermination in his hand” for all opposing Jews and Egyptians. For how long would this king of the north be able to do as he pleased?

Daniel 11:17

King South King North
Ptolemy V Antiochus III
Cleopatra historic benchmark

(Daniel 11:17) And he will set his face to come with the forcefulness of his entire kingdom, and there will be equitable [terms] with him; and he will act effectively. And as regards the daughter of womankind, it will be granted to him to bring her to ruin. And she will not stand, and she will not continue to be his.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 225-226 pars. 32-33 Two Kings in Conflict ***

32 The king of the north, Antiochus III, “set his face” to dominate Egypt “with the forcefulness of his entire kingdom.” But he ended up making “equitable terms” of peace with Ptolemy V, the king of the south. Rome’s demands had caused Antiochus III to change his plan. When he and King Philip V of Macedonia leagued against the Egyptian king of tender years to take over his territories, the guardians of Ptolemy V turned to Rome for protection. Taking advantage of the opportunity to expand its sphere of influence, Rome flexed its muscles.

33 Under compulsion by Rome, Antiochus III brought terms of peace to the king of the south. Rather than surrendering conquered territories, as Rome had demanded, Antiochus III planned to make a nominal transfer of them by having his daughter Cleopatra I—“the daughter of womankind”—marry Ptolemy V. Provinces that included Judah, “the land of the Decoration,” would be given as her dowry. At the marriage in 193 B.C.E., however, the Syrian king did not let these provinces go to Ptolemy V. This was a political marriage, formed to make Egypt subject to Syria. But the scheme failed because Cleopatra I did “not continue to be his,” for she later sided with her husband. When war broke out between Antiochus III and the Romans, Egypt took the side of Rome.

Daniel 11:18-19

King South King North
Ptolemy V Antiochus III

Although Bethel notes the continuation of Ptolemy VI and Seleucus IV and Antiochus IV, they are not actually detailed in the propehcy.

(Daniel 11:18-19)
 And he will turn his face back to the coastlands and will actually capture many. And a commander will have to make the reproach from him cease for himself, [so that] his reproach will not be. He will make it turn back upon that one. 19 And he will turn his face back to the fortresses of his [own] land, and he will certainly stumble and fall, and he will not be found.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 p. 226 par. 35 Two Kings in Conflict ***

The “coastlands” were those of Macedonia, Greece, and Asia Minor. A war broke out in Greece in 192 B.C.E., and Antiochus III was induced to come to Greece. Displeased because of the Syrian king’s efforts to capture additional territories there, Rome formally declared war on him. At Thermopylae he suffered a defeat at Roman hands. About a year after losing the battle of Magnesia in 190 B.C.E., he had to give up everything in Greece, Asia Minor, and in areas west of the Taurus Mountains. Rome exacted a heavy fine and established its domination over the Syrian king of the north. Driven from Greece and Asia Minor and having lost nearly all his fleet, Antiochus III ‘turned his face back to the fortresses of his own land,’ Syria. The Romans had ‘turned back upon him his reproach against them.’ Antiochus III died while trying to rob a temple at Elymaïs, Persia, in 187 B.C.E. He thus ‘fell’ in death and was succeeded by his son Seleucus IV, the next king of the north.

As we see in the above the progression of the “king of the north” and the “king of the south”, the progress is very detailed in the prophecy to later identify historic reality that matches the prophecy provided unique criteria. Now the practice of overextending the prophecy to details not found in the prophecy is set (Such as that last sentence “Seleucus IV, the next king of the north”, which is implied, not actually an explicit part of the prophecy).

Continuing in such a non-prophetic overextension beyond the explicit details of the prophecy, none of this below is actually described in Daniel 11. Though it is a way of summarizing the period, this practice of “filling in” “king north” and “king south” extending details not in the prophecy, though of no deceptive effect here, will become useful for fictional overextension by the time the transition from Daniel 11:26 to Daniel 11:27 is reached. Just make note, that this, though historic, is not explicit prophetic “king” “north/south” activity noted in the prophecy:

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 13 pp. 227-229 Two Kings in Conflict ***

THE CONFLICT CONTINUES

36 As the king of the south, Ptolemy V tried to gain the provinces that should have come to him as Cleopatra’s dowry, but poison ended his efforts. He was succeeded by Ptolemy VI. What about Seleucus IV? In need of money to pay the heavy fine owed to Rome, he sent his treasurer Heliodorus to seize riches said to be stored in Jerusalem’s temple. Desiring the throne, Heliodorus murdered Seleucus IV. However, King Eumenes of Pergamum and his brother Attalus had the slain king’s brother Antiochus IV enthroned.

37 The new king of the north, Antiochus IV, sought to show himself mightier than God by trying to eradicate Jehovah’s arrangement of worship. Defying Jehovah, he dedicated Jerusalem’s temple to Zeus, or Jupiter. In December 167 B.C.E., a pagan altar was erected on top of the great altar in the temple courtyard where a daily burnt offering had been made to Jehovah. Ten days later, a sacrifice to Zeus was offered on the pagan altar. This desecration led to a Jewish uprising under the Maccabees. Antiochus IV battled them for three years. In 164 B.C.E., on the anniversary of the desecration, Judas Maccabaeus rededicated the temple to Jehovah and the festival of dedication—Hanukkah—was instituted.—John 10:22.

38 The Maccabees probably made a treaty with Rome in 161 B.C.E. and established a kingdom in 104 B.C.E. But the friction between them and the Syrian king of the north continued. Finally, Rome was called upon to intervene. The Roman General Gnaeus Pompey took Jerusalem in 63 B.C.E. after a three-month siege. In 39 B.C.E., the Roman Senate appointed Herod—an Edomite—to be king of Judea. Ending the Maccabean rule, he took Jerusalem in 37 B.C.E.

39 How thrilling it is to see the first part of the prophecy of the two kings in conflict fulfilled in detail! Indeed, how exciting to peer into the history of some 500 years after the prophetic message was delivered to Daniel and identify the rulers occupying the positions of the king of the north and the king of the south! However, the political identities of these two kings change as the battle between them continues through the time when Jesus Christ walked the earth and down into our day. By matching historical developments with intriguing details revealed in this prophecy, we will be able to identify these two contending kings.

Though the commentary will return to Roman era verifiable historic events (Dan11:20-26), actually described in the Daniel 11:20-26 portion of prophecy, as we see in the above, the principle of overextending known history in that connective tangent, not actually in the prophecy, will be used again to end this section as well. And that connective tangent will have a greater effect come the time for the transition from Daniel 11:20-26 into Daniel 11:27-43.

Just keep that practice in mind of Bethel of employing prophetically unfounded tangents for what will begin another total departure from the prophecy on page 242 come Daniel 11:26-27 transition attempt time after this section below.

Roman Period Daniel 11:20-26 (27 BCE-272 CE)

Daniel 11:20

King South King North
Caesar Augustus
Augustus census historic benchmark

(Daniel 11:20) “And there must stand up in his position one who is causing an exactor to pass through the splendid kingdom, and in a few days he will be broken, but not in anger nor in warfare.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 14 pp. 232-233 The Two Kings Change Identities ***

A NEW KING SENDS OUT “AN EXACTOR”

4 In the spring of 33 C.E., Jesus Christ told his disciples: “When you catch sight of the disgusting thing that causes desolation, as spoken of through Daniel the prophet, standing in a holy place, then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains.” (Matthew 24:15, 16) Quoting from Daniel 11:31, Jesus warned his followers about a future ‘disgusting thing causing desolation.’ This prophecy involving the king of the north was given some 195 years after the death of Antiochus IV, the last Syrian king in that role. Surely, another ruling entity would have to assume the identity of the king of the north. Who would that be?

5 Jehovah God’s angel foretold: “There must stand up in his position [that of Antiochus IV] one who is causing an exactor to pass through the splendid kingdom, and in a few days he will be broken, but not in anger nor in warfare.” (Daniel 11:20) The one ‘standing up’ in this way proved to be the first Roman emperor, Octavian, who was known as Caesar Augustus.—See “One Honored, the Other Despised,” on page 248.

6 “The splendid kingdom” of Augustus included “the land of the Decoration”—the Roman province of Judea. (Daniel 11:16) In 2 B.C.E., Augustus sent out “an exactor” by ordering a registration, or census, probably so that he could learn the number of the population for purposes of taxation and military conscription. Because of this decree, Joseph and Mary traveled to Bethlehem for registration, resulting in Jesus’ birth at that foretold location. (Micah 5:2; Matthew 2:1-12) In August 14 C.E.—“in a few days,” or not long after decreeing the registration—Augustus died at the age of 76, neither “in anger” at an assassin’s hands nor “in warfare,” but as a result of illness. The king of the north had indeed changed identity! This king had by now become the Roman Empire in the person of its emperors.

Daniel 11:21-22

King South King North
Tiberius Caesar
Jesus Christ historic benchmark
Pax Romana historic period benchmark

(Daniel 11:21-22) “And there must stand up in his position one who is to be despised, and they will certainly not set upon him the dignity of [the] kingdom; and he will actually come in during a freedom from care and take hold of [the] kingdom by means of smoothness. 22 And as regards the arms of the flood, they will be flooded over on account of him, and they will be broken; as will also the Leader of [the] covenant.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 14 pp. 234-238 pars. 8-11 The Two Kings Change Identities ***

The “one who is to be despised” was Tiberius Caesar, the son of Livia, Augustus’ third wife. (See “One Honored, the Other Despised,” on page 248.) Augustus hated this stepson because of his bad traits and did not want him to become the next Caesar. “The dignity of the kingdom” was unwillingly bestowed upon him only after all other likely successors were dead. Augustus adopted Tiberius in 4 C.E. and made him heir to the throne. After the death of Augustus, 54-year-old Tiberius—the despised one—‘stood up,’ assuming power as the Roman emperor and the king of the north.

9 “Tiberius,” says The New Encyclopædia Britannica, “played politics with the Senate and did not allow it to name him emperor for almost a month [after Augustus died].” He told the Senate that no one but Augustus was capable of carrying the burden of ruling the Roman Empire and asked the senators to restore the republic by entrusting such authority to a group of men rather than to one man. “Not daring to take him at his word,” wrote historian Will Durant, “the Senate exchanged bows with him until at last he accepted power.” Durant added: “The play was well acted on both sides. Tiberius wanted the principate, or he would have found some way to evade it; the Senate feared and hated him, but shrank from re-establishing a republic based, like the old, upon theoretically sovereign assemblies.” Thus Tiberius ‘took hold of the kingdom by means of smoothness.’

10 “As regards the arms of the flood”—the military forces of the surrounding kingdoms—the angel said: ‘They will be flooded over and will be broken.’ When Tiberius became the king of the north, his nephew Germanicus Caesar was commander of the Roman troops on the Rhine River. In 15 C.E., Germanicus led his forces against the German hero Arminius, with some success. However, the limited victories were won at great cost, and Tiberius thereafter aborted operations in Germany. Instead, by promoting civil war, he tried to prevent German tribes from uniting. Tiberius generally favored a defensive foreign policy and focused on strengthening the frontiers. This stance was fairly successful. In this way “the arms of the flood” were controlled and were “broken.”

11 “Broken” too was “the Leader of the covenant” that Jehovah God had made with Abraham for blessing all the families of the earth. Jesus Christ was the Seed of Abraham promised in that covenant. (Genesis 22:18; Galatians 3:16) On Nisan 14, 33 C.E., Jesus stood before Pontius Pilate in the Roman governor’s palace in Jerusalem. The Jewish priests had charged Jesus with treason against the emperor. But Jesus told Pilate: “My kingdom is no part of this world. My kingdom is not from this source.” So that the Roman governor might not free the faultless Jesus, the Jews shouted: “If you release this man, you are not a friend of Caesar. Every man making himself a king speaks against Caesar.” After calling for Jesus’ execution, they said: “We have no king but Caesar.” According to the law of “injured majesty,” which Tiberius had broadened to include virtually any insult to Caesar, Pilate handed Jesus over to be “broken,” or impaled on a torture stake.—John 18:36; 19:12-16; Mark 15:14-20.

Daniel 11:23-24

King South King North
Tiberius Caesar
Pax Romana period historic benchmark

(Daniel 11:23-24) And because of their allying themselves with him he will carry on deception and actually come up and become mighty by means of a little nation. 24 During freedom from care, even into the fatness of the jurisdictional district he will enter in and actually do what his fathers and the fathers of his fathers have not done. Plunder and spoil and goods he will scatter among them; and against fortified places he will scheme out his schemes, but only until a time.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 14 pp. 238-240 The Two Kings Change Identities ***

A TYRANT ‘SCHEMES OUT HIS SCHEMES’

12 Still prophesying about Tiberius, the angel said: “Because of their allying themselves with him he will carry on deception and actually come up and become mighty by means of a little nation.” (Daniel 11:23) Members of the Roman Senate had constitutionally ‘allied themselves’ with Tiberius, and he formally depended upon them. But he was deceptive, actually becoming “mighty by means of a little nation.” That little nation was the Roman Praetorian Guard, encamped close to Rome’s walls. Its proximity intimidated the Senate and helped Tiberius keep in check any uprisings against his authority among the populace. By means of some 10,000 guards, therefore, Tiberius remained mighty.

13 The angel added prophetically: “During freedom from care, even into the fatness of the jurisdictional district he will enter in and actually do what his fathers and the fathers of his fathers have not done. Plunder and spoil and goods he will scatter among them; and against fortified places he will scheme out his schemes, but only until a time.” (Daniel 11:24) Tiberius was extremely suspicious, and his reign abounded with ordered killings. Largely because of the influence of Sejanus, commander of the Praetorian Guard, the latter part of his reign was marked by terror. Finally, Sejanus himself fell under suspicion and was executed. In tyrannizing over people, Tiberius exceeded his forefathers.

14 Tiberius, however, scattered “plunder and spoil and goods” throughout the Roman provinces. By the time of his death, all the subject peoples were enjoying prosperity. Taxes were light, and he could be generous to those in areas undergoing hard times. If soldiers or officials oppressed anyone or promoted irregularity in handling matters, they could expect imperial vengeance. A firm grip on power maintained public security, and an improved communications system helped commerce. Tiberius made sure that affairs were administered fairly and steadily inside and outside Rome. The laws were improved, and social and moral codes were enhanced by the furthering of reforms instituted by Augustus Caesar. Yet, Tiberius ‘schemed out his schemes,’ so that Roman historian Tacitus described him as a hypocritical man, skilled at putting on false appearances. By the time he died in March 37 C.E., Tiberius was considered to be a tyrant.

15 The successors to Tiberius who filled the role of the king of the north included Gaius Caesar (Caligula), Claudius I, Nero, Vespasian, Titus, Domitian, Nerva, Trajan, and Hadrian. “For the most part,” says The New Encyclopædia Britannica, “the successors to Augustus continued his administrative policies and building program, though with less innovation and more ostentation.” The same reference work further points out: “In the late 1st and early 2nd centuries Rome was at the peak of its grandeur and population.” Although Rome had some trouble on the imperial frontiers during this time, its first foretold confrontation with the king of the south did not occur until the third century C.E.

Paragraph 15 is also an example of an implied extension of king north, that is not noted in the prophecy in these ways of specifics just covered.

Daniel 11:25-26

King South King North
Queen Zenobia Aurelian

(Daniel 11:25-26) “And he will arouse his power and his heart against the king of the south with a great military force; and the king of the south, for his part, will excite himself for the war with an exceedingly great and mighty military force. And he will not stand, because they will scheme out against him schemes. 26 And the very ones eating his delicacies will bring his breakdown. “And as for his military force, it will be flooded away, and many will certainly fall down slain.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 14 pp. 240-247 The Two Kings Change Identities ***

AROUSED AGAINST THE KING OF THE SOUTH

17 About 300 years after Octavian had made Egypt a Roman province, Roman Emperor Aurelian assumed the role of the king of the north. Meanwhile, Queen Septimia Zenobia of the Roman colony of Palmyra occupied the position of the king of the south. (See “Zenobia—The Warrior Queen of Palmyra,” on page 252.) The Palmyrene army occupied Egypt in 269 C.E. under the pretext of making it secure for Rome. Zenobia wanted to make Palmyra the dominant city in the east and wanted to rule over Rome’s eastern provinces. Alarmed by her ambition, Aurelian aroused “his power and his heart” to proceed against Zenobia.

18 As the ruling entity headed by Zenobia, the king of the south ‘excited himself’ for warfare against the king of the north “with an exceedingly great and mighty military force” under two generals, Zabdas and Zabbai. But Aurelian took Egypt and then launched an expedition into Asia Minor and Syria. Zenobia was defeated at Emesa (now Homs), whereupon she retreated to Palmyra. When Aurelian besieged that city, Zenobia valiantly defended it but without success. She and her son fled toward Persia, only to be captured by the Romans at the Euphrates River. The Palmyrenes surrendered their city in 272 C.E. Aurelian spared Zenobia, making her the prize feature in his triumphal procession through Rome in 274 C.E. She spent the rest of her life as a Roman matron.

19 Aurelian himself ‘did not stand because of schemes against him.’ In 275 C.E., he set out on an expedition against the Persians. While he was waiting in Thrace for the opportunity to cross the straits into Asia Minor, those who ‘ate his food’ carried out schemes against him and brought about his “breakdown.” He was going to call his secretary Eros to account for irregularities. Eros, however, forged a list of names of certain officers marked for death. The sight of this list moved the officers to plot Aurelian’s assassination and to murder him.

V. The Main Bethel Maintained Diversion and Premature Time Point

Begin Non-Prophetic Speculative Bridge to Daniel 11:27

Here in the Daniel’s Prophecy book of 1999, on page 242, paragraph 20, is where the commentary diverges from Daniel 11 provided details into an overextension of what becomes, in time, a major NON-PROPHETIC connective bridge into Daniel 11:27-43’s  base founding rationale, and its then subsequent speculations (present since 1958, recapped in the 1999 Daniel Prophecy commentary).

This practice of going off on tangents into details not found in the prophecy itself, though historic, was shown previously on pages 227-229. What is significant about this foray into connective non-prophetic assumptions, though based on real historic events, is that it continues from these speculative connections into the totally premature speculation of Daniel 11:27-43, but beginning to be set up right here:

20 The career of the king of the north did not end with the death of Emperor Aurelian. Other Roman rulers followed. For a time, there was an emperor of the west and one of the east. Under these men the “military force” of the king of the north was “flooded away,” or “scattered,” and many ‘fell down slain’ because of the invasions of the Germanic tribes from the north. Goths broke through the Roman frontiers in the fourth century C.E. Invasions continued, one after the other. In 476 C.E., German leader Odoacer removed the last emperor ruling from Rome. By the beginning of the sixth century, the Roman Empire in the west had been shattered, and German kings ruled in Britannia, Gaul, Italy, North Africa, and Spain. The eastern part of the empire lasted into the 15th century.

A GREAT EMPIRE IS DIVIDED

21 Without giving unnecessary details about the breakdown of the Roman Empire, which stretched over centuries, Jehovah’s angel went on to foretell further exploits of the king of the north and the king of the south. However, a brief review of certain developments in the Roman Empire will help us to identify the two rival kings in later times.

Because no specific prophecy details are provided in Daniel 11 regarding this stretch of imagination (in hindsight), this is all quite detailed speculation to connect the Roman era to Britain and Germany in history, by just such a non-prophetic over extension, which proved to be in error in hindsight. It allowed the WW1, WW2 and Cold War major global periods to also be “retrofitted” into Daniel 11:27-45 before its actual time.

What this non-prophetic extending speculation originally allowed was the assumption of a Germanic “North” and a British “South” as national powers, that became retrofitted upon Daniel 11:27-31, with ZERO actual prophetic details—only events and national power traits that seemed to fit the prophecy. That furthered the setup for the error of the USSR “North” to be applied later from Daniel 11:31 transition to a supposed USSR “King North” for the concluding Daniel 11:31-43 fictions, by use of the same premature connective fiction.

As will be noted again, the USSR “fall” is not mentioned in the prophecy, when most certainly it would have been, had the USSR actually been the real “King of the North”, as a general principle of how this detailed prophecy has unfolded to this point, covered previously for this reason.

And never has a “king” in Daniel 11 been just left hanging to be “reconnected” and summarized by pure human speculations, unbacked by actual prophetic details, especially at such an important final portion en route to the real King North climax into obvious World Government in Daniel 11:45.

Example of The Real “King North” Criteria of Success

Now if we notice EVERY transition in prophecy of King North and King South is noted in the prophecy, of course the “fall of the USSR” would have to be in prophecy to establish that true “King North” supposed identity. The opposite is the case required by the prophecy: “King North” required success from Daniel 11:36-45.

(Daniel 11:36) And he (King North) will certainly prove successful until [the] denunciation will have come to a finish; (at Armageddon) because the thing decided upon must be done.

Now by a lax use of the truth the “kings” “north” and “south” have indeed changed identity over 2300 years, but with a prophetically noted transitional event, that lax “changes identity” “principle” is then used to simply leave the now failed USSR supposed “King North” hanging at Daniel 11:43, with no indication whatsoever of this monumental, supposed King North, USSR collapse. A larger and greatly significant power system collapse than anything ever noted in the prophecy up to that alleged point in Daniel 11:43.

All of these speculation connections to be covered below, that allowed these errors to continue unbacked by any prophetic details in reality, is how the great global “King South” Nation-State System, and the great global “King North” Globalization System of the Globalists is fully bypassed from modern Jehovah’s witnesses awareness. The entire significance of Globalization to effect that actual final development of World Government, instead, has fully fallen out of Jehovah’s witnesses awareness as well—TOTALLY ignored by modern Apostate Bethel. (The real Dan11:32a)

According to this lax Bethel interpretive practice, they just bypass the fall of the USSR, alleged “King North”, as if:

1. That monumental global USSR fall was not noted in a prophecy that previously notes every King North or King South fall event!

2. God would waste half of Daniel 11 on an insignificant partial national bloc which failed, as well as not even noting this striking and significant global event!

3. This Daniel 11 error is acceptable to be retained in light of the USSR fall, and the emergence of, instead: the 3rd United Nations global presentation after the Cold War in 1990. (Well that UN 1990 3rd presentation detail is noted at Daniel 11:31b, they were the “north” that was successful the whole time!)

4. All post 1990 rampant globalization can be fully ignored. The whole expansion and globalization of a global military, financial and corporate complex system, shelling and supporting it all can be fully ignored, as if Russia, China and India and others joining this globalization wave with trillions of dollars and billions of people after 1990  is insignificant!

More Speculative Bridging to Daniel 11:27

All this below is the speculative connection to Daniel 11:27-45, not actually anywhere in the Daniel 11 prophecy details, that allowed all the above error to be created upon these overextensions not found in prophecy:

22 In the fourth century, Roman Emperor Constantine gave State recognition to apostate Christianity. He even called and personally presided over a church council at Nicaea, Asia Minor, in 325 C.E. Later, Constantine moved the imperial residence from Rome to Byzantium, or Constantinople, making that city his new capital. The Roman Empire continued under the rulership of a single emperor until the death of Emperor Theodosius I, on January 17, 395 C.E.

23 Following the death of Theodosius, the Roman Empire was divided between his sons. Honorius received the western part, and Arcadius the eastern, with Constantinople as his capital. Britannia, Gaul, Italy, Spain, and North Africa were among the provinces of the western division. Macedonia, Thrace, Asia Minor, Syria, and Egypt were provinces of the eastern division. In 642 C.E., the Egyptian capital, Alexandria, fell to the Saracens (Arabs), and Egypt became a province of the caliphs. In January 1449, Constantine XI became the last emperor of the east. Ottoman Turks under Sultan Mehmed II took Constantinople on May 29, 1453, ending the Eastern Roman Empire. The year 1517 saw Egypt become a Turkish province. In time, though, this land of the ancient king of the south would come under the control of another empire from the western sector.

24 In the western wing of the Roman Empire arose the Catholic bishop of Rome, notably Pope Leo I, who was renowned for asserting papal authority in the fifth century C.E. In time, the pope took it upon himself to crown the emperor of the western section. This occurred in Rome on Christmas day of 800 C.E., when Pope Leo III crowned Frankish King Charles (Charlemagne) emperor of the new Western Roman Empire. This coronation revived the emperorship in Rome and, according to some historians, marked the beginning of the Holy Roman Empire. From then on there existed the Eastern Empire and the Holy Roman Empire to the west, both claiming to be Christian.

25 As time passed, the successors of Charlemagne proved to be ineffectual rulers. The office of the emperor even lay vacant for a time. Meanwhile, German King Otto I had gained control of much of northern and central Italy. He proclaimed himself king of Italy. On February 2, 962 C.E., Pope John XII crowned Otto I emperor of the Holy Roman Empire. Its capital was in Germany, and the emperors were Germans, as were most of their subjects. Five centuries later the Austrian house of Hapsburg obtained the title of “emperor” and held it for most of the remaining years of the Holy Roman Empire.

Note: NONE of that is actually in the Daniel 11 prophecy!

THE TWO KINGS AGAIN IN CLEAR FOCUS

26 Napoléon I delivered a deathblow to the Holy Roman Empire when he refused to recognize its existence following his victories in Germany during the year 1805. Unable to defend the crown, Emperor Francis II resigned from Roman imperial status on August 6, 1806, and withdrew to his national government as emperor of Austria. After 1,006 years, the Holy Roman Empire—founded by Leo III, a Roman Catholic pope, and Charlemagne, a Frankish king—came to an end. In 1870, Rome became the capital of the kingdom of Italy, independent of the Vatican. The following year, a Germanic empire began with Wilhelm I being named caesar, or kaiser. Thus the modern-day king of the north—Germany—was on the world scene.

27 But what was the identity of the modern-day king of the south? History shows that Britain took on imperial power in the 17th century. Wanting to disrupt British trade routes, Napoléon I conquered Egypt in 1798. War ensued, and a British-Ottoman alliance forced the French to withdraw from Egypt, identified as the king of the south at the onset of the conflict. During the following century, British influence in Egypt increased. After 1882, Egypt was actually a British dependency. When World War I broke out in 1914, Egypt belonged to Turkey and was ruled by a khedive, or viceroy. After Turkey sided with Germany in that war, however, Britain deposed the khedive and declared Egypt a British protectorate. Gradually forming close ties, Britain and the United States of America became the Anglo-American World Power. Together, they came into the position of the king of the south.

Though those historic details are true and compelling, NONE of that is actually in the Daniel 11 prophecy!

Note: Please keep in mind the original Daniel commentary of 1958 was not “updated” while the 1989-1991 Cold War cessation, marked by the USSR fall into a 3rd United nations global-presentation was in action on the global scene. Instead, first, the 750 page “Proclaimers of God’s Kingdom” distracting “JW Bible of Organizational Idolatry” book was released in 1993, as the Gulf War distraction (1990-1991) had passed.

Then in 1999, when just enough time had passed, yet not too much time for failed USSR questions to be raised about the 1958 Daniel commentary, the final Bethel version was released in the 1999 “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” book. The 1999 Daniel commentary book was released, maintaining the old Bethel interpretation as a well concreted in error-turned-lie at Bethel, just long enough after these key USSR centered events had passed from the JW collective memory—as if the USSR failure and the 1990 3rd UN presentation was totally insignificant in the world system and in Daniel 11:27-45!

Very well planned indeed!

VI. Implications of Fictional Interpretive Extensions

What that did was set up the well meaning Fred Franz attempted extension of that rationale, into Daniel 11:27-45, in the “Your Will Be Done” book of the Daniel Prophecy commentary of 1958. This is not meant to accuse Fred Franz, who, given the high profile nature of…

1. The WW1, WW2 second world war cycle (1939-1945), Nazi Germany, and

2. the USA versus USSR Cold War mentality prevalent in the quickly following Cold War third cycle period (1947-1991),

…and that practice of speculative overextension already being employed, would have logically thought that WW1, WW2 and then the USSR was potentially in the rest of Daniel 11:27-45.

Since the “kings” “north” and “south” theme already was well established, and the Cold War, a unique (Dan11:29) World War of Military Expansion final phase, now seen in hindsight, was not then known to result in the monumental USSR collapse and failure (Dan11:27 “nothing will succeed”), it is understandable how the national based theater of distractions had their intended global effect of distraction.

In reality, all these world wars (WW1, WW2, Cold War), (including the Cold War cycle), and the final one to come (Rev13:3; Rev17:8-13) are within the squabbling Global “King South” worldwide nation-state system of limited sovereign conflict. And that has been the perfect distracting atmosphere to found the decoys and an error for quite some time in the minds of Jehovah’s witnesses.

But when it could have been clarified with the end of the Cold War in mind, and the spectacular global failure of the USSR system, Bethel merely retained what is now an obvious error. Obviously such huge global developments required a total examination of Daniel 11:27-45 in light of these significant global developments, especially that 3rd United Nations “disgusting thing” presentation of 1990! (Fred Franz died in 1992, and no doubt would have re-examined the Daniel 11 prophecy very very carefully in light of these quite unexpected events.)

And thus a “third world war was averted” as the Cold War third global cycle also fell off the radar of significance in prophecy as a third global war cycle, merely “cold” in nature, to also culminate, a third time now, in yet another global United Nations capping presentation in “New World Order” mode!

Awake! 9/8/1991; UN NGO Bethel sure noted it, in that first UN NGO Awake! issue, but not as prophecy!—keep that in mind please.

Can a Co-Developing Apostasy Noted in Daniel 11:30-32 Have Anything to do with this Odd Bethel Behavior?

And thus the emergence of a final apostasy, also co-developing as explicitly noted in Daniel 11:30-35, is very interesting to instead answer the true internal motives and condition of what amounts to a Globalist King North control of Apostate Bethel, explicit in Daniel 11:32a.

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant (at Bethel), he (8th King/King North) will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. (The Bethel “smooth words” 8th King cover-up in the JW publications is part of the smoothly justified apostasy);

And this apostasy development, in a well known new Christian location since 1919, well after the Christendom apostasy was fully exposed from after 1919, is the reason why Bethel stubbornly refuses to update the prophecy to modern Nation-State “king south” versus Globalization System “king north” reality of modern times.

Bethel would also have to admit or disclose their own apostasy! But they sure got the “smooth words” to aid the cover up instead!

Now when Bethel also joined the United Nations of Non-Governmental Organizations (UN NGO), with a Bethel approved “non-kingdom” implication as well, then it became obvious who Bethel is actually allied with, and why they as the final foretold King North attaché will not expose the real King North Globalized World Government System or its final developments.

Now apostate, Bethel will not divulge the marked Daniel 11:30-45 progression from the 1990 3rd United Nations global presentation of Daniel 11:31b actuality, to the final King North World Government fourth UN presentation to come as the real culmination of Daniel 11:40-45, in the future.

Of course we cannot expect Bethel to expose their own foretold Daniel 11 apostasy that co-develops in Daniel 11:30-32a with that also covered up 3rd United Nations presentation! They will not connect themselves to the co-developing apostasy that they now exhibit in marked manner as also publicly known UN NGO, while at the same time retaining a former Daniel 11:27-43 error which allows the concealment of the real Globalist King North and National King South global systems from Jehovah’s witnesses and their audience.

The Real King North: Globalized World Government

The real King South and King North have simplified in meaning, yet the symbols have gone truly global in scope:

1. King South is the Global National System, or the Nation-State based “Old World Order”;

2. King North is the Anglo-American Globalist guided Globalization core Elite World Government System, or the Globalist “New World Order”;

The Bethel “King North” Modern Overextension to Daniel 11:44

And that is what Bethel will not divulge, as instead they retain the over-advanced in error, and misapplied USSR=King North myth, to keep Jehovah’s witnesses expecting “Daniel 11:44 “attack” next brothers!”, by use of a supposedly “fulfilled prophecy” in Daniel 11:40-43 that the “USSR fulfilled as King North”.

*** Daniel’s Prophecy (1999) chap. 16 pp. 278-280 The Contending Kings Near Their End ***

EGYPT DOES NOT ESCAPE

18 Jehovah’s angel continued: “He [the king of the north] will keep thrusting out his hand against the lands; and as regards the land of Egypt, she will not prove to be an escapee. And he will actually rule over the hidden treasures of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.” (Daniel 11:42, 43) Even the king of the south, “Egypt,” did not escape the effects of the expansionist policies of the king of the north. For example, the king of the south suffered a notable defeat in Vietnam. And what of “the Libyans and the Ethiopians”? These neighbors of ancient Egypt might well foreshadow nations that are, geographically speaking, neighbors of modern “Egypt” (the king of the south). At times, they have been followers of—‘at the steps of’—the king of the north.

Obviously the Anglo-American supposed “King South” “Egypt” modern day “king” DID prove to be “an escapee” and the implied “Cold War Victor” over the, instead, failed USSR! The OPPOSITE as Bethel is proposing here!

19 Has the king of the north ruled over ‘the hidden treasures of Egypt’? He has indeed had a powerful influence on the way that the king of the south has used his financial resources. Because of fear of his rival, the king of the south has devoted huge sums to maintaining a formidable army, navy, and air force. To this extent, the king of the north ‘ruled over,’ or controlled, the disposition of the wealth of the king of the south.

Now how can a bankrupt and non-existent USSR also be a world  ruler of the GLOBAL gold and silver bullion supplies and ALL the “desirable things” and “hidden treasures of Egypt” of the Anglo-American King South, there under USSR TOTAL Global domination?

When did that happen?

And so by the use of that “smooth word” bypass of ALL REALITY (Dan11:32a), Jehovah’s witnesses expectations are left hanging here at Daniel 11:44, (too far into the prophecy as well), for a “new” “King North” that can be “filled in” with but another “King North” decoy, like Russia or the recently Bethel prepared “coalition of nations” “Gog” parallel:

THE FINAL CAMPAIGN

20 The rivalry between the king of the north and the king of the south—whether by military, economic, or other means—is nearing its end. Revealing the details of a conflict yet to come, Jehovah’s angel said: “There will be reports that will disturb him [the king of the north], out of the sunrising and out of the north, and he will certainly go forth in a great rage in order to annihilate and to devote many to destruction. And he will plant his palatial tents between the grand sea and the holy mountain of Decoration; and he will have to come all the way to his end, and there will be no helper for him.”—Daniel 11:44, 45.

Daniel 11:44—Keep JWs Hanging at the “End of the World” Next!

No way can a “King North” transition be left hanging in such a detailless and unfounded fantasy such as that of the modern Bethel apostates!

By this over advancement into Daniel 11, the premature “is nearing its end” delusion can also be amplified by the impression “Daniel 11:44 must fulfill next brothers!”. (2Thess2:1-2)

The UN allied Bethel Apostates and Infiltrators (Dan11:30-32a) have now capitalized on that former error, to keep it in place, “throwing truth to the earth” (Dan8:12), for future use against Jehovah’s witnesses by deception of the premature “end of the world” it instead suggests to Jehovah’s witnesses. (2Thess2:1-2) Along with a handy “King North” “attack” that can also be prematurely misrepresented in the future!

This means Bethel has, also at the same time, been actively bypassing all post 1990 post Cold War real “King North” guided globalization expansion of the real Globalist King North system (Rev16:13-16), and its explicit global dominating details in Daniel 11:30-45—right from the very time in 1990, when all this real “King North” Anglo-American globalist detail could be explained with a 1990 3rd United Nations presentation too boot!

When it all could have started to be truly explained in 1990, Bethel said the whole Daniel 11 progress had ended at Daniel 11:43!

The Watchtower Watchtower June 15, 2012; Jehovah is a “Revealer of Secrets” – Paragraph 19

We are living in the days of the seventh head. No more heads will appear on this beast before it is annihilated. The Anglo-American World Power will be the dominant world power when false religion is eradicated. The prophecies of Daniel and John have been fulfilled to the smallest detail. We can be confident that the destruction of false religion and the battle of Armageddon will soon come.  God has revealed these details in advance. Will we pay attention to the prophetic warnings? (2 Pet. 1:19) Now is the time to take sides with Jehovah and to support his Kingdom.—Rev. 14:6, 7.

What we can be confident of is Bethel is promoting the premature “the end” delusion of 2 Thessalonians 2:1-2.

Final “Sword Stroke” in Daniel 11:40 Ongoing Globalist King North Global Military Positioning Context

Now this allows the real already active Daniel 11:40 global takeover culmination of the King North Globalizing NATO military system and all its supporting systems, in a final cycle coming up, which will run to the finale of Daniel 11:40-43, to remain unknown to Jehovah’s witnesses for quite some time. (Dan8:13-14)

Now with the real Daniel 11:41 culmination to come on apostate Bethel in the future, as already “entered” and aided internally at infiltrated and subverted Bethel (Dan11:32a; Dan8:12), for the future final JW Organization global coup, Bethel can sell those JW organization downfall and invasion “trampling” events as if Daniel 11:44 and “the end of the world” to Jehovah’s witnesses—a total premature “the end” Armageddon Hoax smokescreen. (2Thess2:1-2)

Thus a “it’s the end of the world!” smokescreen, to apply to JWs with very real Daniel 11:41 and Daniel 8:13 events, is now, instead, in place and well primed in the JW mind.

Daniel 11:41 Temple Judgment Parallel and Global Context on Bethel Soon

In reality Daniel 11:41 globalist King North Bethel “invasion” will be the parallel of the Daniel 8:13-14 Temple Judgment “Trampling”, well before World Government completes to unfold with the real fall of “King South” into “King North” globalization system total domination of the global nation-state system. (Dan11:42-43)

And Jehovah’s witnesses will not only be none the wiser, they will be under the false impression “the end” has arrived, as instead Daniel 8:13 “trampling” events on Bethel (Dan11:41 context) will manifest instead. That will be the Daniel 8:14 Temple Judgment “evening” phase timing (3.19 years) of accounting that will fully expire in the temple “trampling” for the UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” of Daniel 8:13 parallel of Daniel 11:31b apostate Bethel UN NGO.

Those developments of “prophetic proportions” of the future, will be how the “Temple” “right condition” will be achieved in the total purification of the “morning” phase of the Temple Judgment recovery period (Dan8:14,26), also timed as 3.19 years, for a total “2300 evenings and mornings” of 6.38 years. (Lunar Year/360 Days)

Of course a Bethel that joined the United Nations of Organizations, and conceals modern prophecy as if dead to the world, with no required updates whatsoever, cannot be in the “right condition”. Instead the Bethel global record includes other criminal activities now undermining the anointed Christian ministry, and subverting it and its “constant feature” into a global “befouled” reproach. (Zech3:1-3)

VII. REALITY: Daniel 11:27-45 The Globalists’ “North” Versus The Nation-State “South” at Worldwide Scale

Daniel 11:27—World War1, World War2, Cold War First Three Cycles of Four (Dan11:27-30)

A dominant feature of this section of prophecy is that King North is the driving global force for the entire progression and final sequence to “King North” World Government in Daniel 11:27-45—truly this prophecy’s “the king”. (Dan11:36)

(Daniel 11:36a) “And the king will actually do according to his own will

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”

(Daniel 11:27) “And as regards these two kings, their heart will be inclined to doing what is bad, and at one table a lie is what they will keep speaking. But nothing will succeed, because [the] end is yet for the time appointed.

(Daniel 11:27a)
“And as regards these two kings, their heart will be inclined to doing what is bad, and at one table a lie is what they will keep speaking.

1. These two kings are “south” nation-state system, and “north” globalizing system, all at global scope.

2. The “one table” is the common sovereign goal, though by differing means, of the “one thought” of global rulership, synonymous with the “empty thing” of Psalm 2, upon the whole planet Earth scope.

(Psalm 2:1-2) Why have the nations been in tumult And the national groups themselves kept muttering an empty thing?  2 The kings of earth take their stand And high officials themselves have massed together as one Against Jehovah and against his anointed one

3. The lie is the same lie of successful human global rulership sovereign development in opposition to God’s Kingdom of Christ.

(Daniel 11:27b) But nothing will succeed, because [the] end is yet for the time appointed.

1. All nation-state and globalist efforts at premature world domination fail;

A. Eventually the globalist “King North” will succeed, and does succeed at the United Nations capping global presentations of all four global war cycles.

B. NOTHING “national” based, as single nations or partial blocs of nations, will succeed.

2. The nation-state failures of Germany and the USSR are the visible “and nothing will succeed” in all three first world wars, WW1, WW2, and Cold WW3.

3. What has “proven successful” (Dan11:36b) was and is the King North United Nations global presentation marked “image” finales of all THREE of those world war periods, so far.

Daniel 11:28

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”

(Daniel 11:28) “And he will go back to his land with a great amount of goods, and his heart will be against the holy covenant. And he will act effectively and certainly go back to his land.

(Daniel 11:28)
 “And he will go back to his land with a great amount of goods (WW1 booty), and his heart will be against the holy covenant. (WW1 Holy Covenant major identification 1914-1922  period) And he will act effectively (WW1 and League placement) and certainly go back to his land. (WW2 prep)

1. From first identification of holy covenant location 1870s-1922, the WTBTS corporate coup attempts in 1897 and 1917, then the 1918 imprisonment are examples of these King North ” denunciation” attempts;

2. The King North globalists did not want the first League of Nations placement (1919) or the 2nd United Nations placement (1945) exposed as prophecy;

3. The “act effectively” is in regard to the successful orchestration of the first world war cycle, upon an international scale Anglo-American industrial and finance war profiteering system fully in action in Europe and the US system. This was aided by the 1913-1914 Federal Reserve central bank system being fully implemented by US government legislation;

A. That globalist run industrial and financial system was how a “great amount of goods”, at truly enormous wealth expansion magnitudes, was brought into the King North globalist wealth consolidating camp for WW2 preparation;

4. WW1 and the 1914-1918 first cycle of such an orchestration to aid globalist “King North” objectives is significant because it was the first fully complete global war cycle and its main globalist profiteering system;

Daniel 11:29

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”
Cold War; Cold WW3 Cycle historic benchmark;

(Daniel 11:29) “At the time appointed he will go back, and he will actually come against the south; but it will not prove to be at the last the same as at the first.

(Daniel 11:29) “At the time appointed he will go back, (WW2 and 2nd UN placement; Rev17:8-11) and he will actually come against the south (WW2 and Cold War beginning); but it will not prove to be at the last the same as at the first.

1. The only “time appointed” of this post WW1 period is the prophetic marking of the second world war cycle and its capping second UN global presentation as the principle of the “abyss” “ascension” of that 8th King designate of 1945, at that time;

A. The “ascension” principle was also set for future reference as Revelation 17:8-13 must have a final cycle full fulfillment when world government is ready for the final global presentation of Daniel 11:45.

2. The ” Cold War” third global war cycle is a unique world war cycle of mostly non-destructive military expansion of both the US and Russian systems, merely “cold” in nature;

A. The “Cold War” is different, it did ” not prove to be at the last the same as at the first”, in that the “cold war” cycle is truly unique in comparison to the first two “hot” world wars to mark this period as certain;

B. This provides a “Cold War” unique development to mark Daniel 11:29’s point in time;

3. The final world war cycle, now being prepared by use of the “Global War on Terror” prelude global military expansion phase, is also unique in nature of initial deployment, but it is a preparatory global expansion continuing Daniel 11:40, for future use;

Daniel 11:30-31

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”
Bethel apostasy anomaly benchmark

(Daniel 11:30-31a) “And he will actually go back and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively; and he will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant. 31 And there will be arms that will stand up, proceeding from him; and they will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature].

(Daniel 11:30b) And there will certainly come against him the ships of Kittim, and he will have to become dejected.

1. Nation-state ” vessels” of sovereign resistance impede global government in the whole WW1-Cold War phase…

(Daniel 11: 30b) “And he will actually go back

…over that whole period of preparatory world government steps in WW1, WW2, and the Cold War whole period, King North “goes back”; but this post WW2 period requires more attention to the internal aspect of capitalizing on a “holy covenant” defection internal to the anointed Christian ministerial “fortress” at Bethel’s “established place”. (Dan8:11b)

2. Thus after two successful United Nations related prophecies exposed related to 1919 and 1945, a re newed effort of subversion against the “holy covenant” ministry had to be undertaken by internal means of eventual assured success to keep the 1990 3rd United Nations global presentation severed from the continuum in prophecy of the original two, UN1-2-end-of-story, rather than UN1-2-3.

A. Thereby if Jehovah’s witnesses do not realize the UN1-2-3 in prophecy, they will also not comprehend the final cycle culmination as UN1-2-3-4.

B. Now both Daniel 11:31-45 and Daniel 8:23-25 concentrate on the 1990 3rd UN event (Dan11:31b; Dan8:23) and the fourth and final UN event (Dan11:45; Dan8:25) progressions of primarily the last two United Nations related developments and steps to world government actually in those prophecies—prophecies which Bethel now keeps buried in WW2-Cold War era developments.

3. The “hurl denunciations” is a renewed effort because since Daniel 11:28, King North’s ” heart will be against the holy covenant” and thus was already in action since the “holy covenant” renewed location was emerging since the 1870s, made fully known by 1922.

(Daniel 11:30b) and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively; and he will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant.

1. Since WW1 era attempts to silence the League of Nations exposure, the “hurl denunciations” are present, and “consideration” of internal Bethel subversion is first by apostasy developing inside of Bethel for the whole time.

A. By 1944-1990 “King North” “will act effectively” within the Bethel administration to effect a successful “operation of error” subversion that God permits for greater purposes later. (2Thess2:11-12);

2. Which, in time, formed an ” effective” internal operation inside of Bethel for a dictatorial ministerial controlling device:

A. 1944 “governing body” first mentioned at Bethel and accepted as valid; (introduced in WW2 period active and Rutherford 1942 death distraction)

B. 1971 “lifted up” “Governing Body” title applied at Bethel; (Cold War period)

C. 1976 Governing Body dictatorship established; (Cold War period) This third WTBTS “board of directors” coup was successful.

D. Which sets up  for the whole Cold War period the eventual 1990-1991 UN NGO and 3rd UN presentation fully apostate Bethel cover-up and silencing very “gradually given over” as per Daniel 8:12 to “throw truth to the earth”;

3. This allows apostasy and internal infiltration to mature for that whole period to the point of profaning the whole anointed Christian ministry, by subsequent King North guided “arms that stand up” in internal Bethel infiltration:

(Daniel 11:31a) And there will be arms that will stand up, proceeding from him; and they will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature].

Daniel 11:31b—King North 1990 3rd United Nations Global Presentation

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”
3rd UN global presentation and Bethel UN NGO historic benchmark;

(Daniel 11:31b) “And they will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation.

Third United Nations Placement, Bethel UN NGO 1990-1991

1. By the time the 1990 3rd UN presentation occurs, it is joined by infiltrated Bethel as UN NGO (Awake! 9/8/1991),

2. All these former participants just described in the above “King North” “those leaving the holy covenant” and the “arms that stand up” impostors all work for the same goal, “they” work in collusion:

(Daniel 11:31b) “And they will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation.

1. Subsequently the 1990 fulfilled 3rd UN “place the disgusting thing” prophecy is covered up as prophecy, breaking the UN1-2-3 continuum and severing it from Jehovah’s witnesses awareness;

2. An example of “desolation” “caused” is the real King North globalist orchestration of all three of these world war cycles “global problems”, and their various “wars and reports of wars” (Matt24:6), which are all conveniently resolved for their capping United Nations “global solution” presentations—all three times so far! [1]

3. All the world war cycles culminated all three times into a marked “disgusting thing” UN related presentation, as the finale of the “desolation” cycle as per the Revelation 13:3 principle of “healing” as first seen in the WW1 first cycle.

Daniel 11:32-35—King North Led Bethel Apostasy

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”

(Daniel 11:32-35) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant, he will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. But as regards the people who are knowing their God, they will prevail and act effectively. 33 And as regards those having insight among the people, they will impart understanding to the many. And they will certainly be made to stumble by sword and by flame, by captivity and by plundering, for [some] days. 34 But when they are made to stumble they will be helped with a little help; and many will certainly join themselves to them by means of smoothness. 35 And some of those having insight will be made to stumble, in order to do a refining work because of them and to do a cleansing and to do a whitening, until the time of [the] end; because it is yet for the time appointed.

1. This is a generalized period of the effects of King North “denunciations” that finally progress into forming the specific Daniel 11:32a apostasy inside the ministry. This development creates the “wrong condition” in the ministry, (Zech3:1-3; Dan8:14) which apostate activity is finally ceased in the timed temple judgment accounting and purification; the “time appointed” of Daniel 8:13-14. (Zech3:1-5; Rev8:3-5)

But in the meantime the ministry is compromised to unacceptable to God first:

(Daniel 8:11) And all the way to the Prince of the army it put on great airs, and from him the constant [feature] was taken away, and the established place of his sanctuary was thrown down.

2. In a spiritual sense those things are removed and “thrown down” now by internal Bethel profanation and its illegal leadership actually guided by King North.

A. But this takes time to culminate, so these apostasy and stumbling developments will eventually have visible full judgment effects upon the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry by actually “throwing down” the “established place”, in the future, as will be fully visible and seen in the Worldwide Organization of Jehovah’s Witnesses future coup, now developed into a vain idol among Jehovah’s witnesses.

That being the real case in the Bethel based ministry, these developments will get worse in the coup phase on the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry, which ultimately King North is there to accomplish in the future. (Dan11:41; Dan8:13)

Bethel Progressive Apostasy Period Effects

1. These sections parallel features of the whole “hurl denunciations” period, so it develops with the general persecutions but is also exacerbated by post 1944 “governing body” centered progressive apostasy developments, “gradually giving over” (Dan8:12) the anointed Christian ministry to full apostasy, as foretold.

2. This duality below, apostasy and faithfulness to God, is present the whole time, because both the “weed” and “wheat” progress (Matt13:36-42) at the same time as both are present in the anointed Christian updated “ministry” “field” for the whole period:

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant, he will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. But as regards the people who are knowing their God, they will prevail and act effectively.

1. King North “Leading” into fresh and progressive apostasy takes time, but it progresses to the point of apostate Bethel’s modern state;

2. But “the people” “knowing their God” are also effective at explaining prophecy the whole time (except for this period of total Bethel JW subversin), in the principle of “wheat” and “weeds” growing parallel (Matt13:36-42) for the whole period:

(Daniel 11:33) And as regards those having insight among the people, they will impart understanding to the many. And they will certainly be made to stumble by sword and by flame, by captivity and by plundering, for [some] days.

1.
Though the ministry is effective to “impart understanding to the many”, still general persecutions and internal “arms that stand up” “harassment” and progressive apostasy (Dan7:25) occurs at the same time.

(Daniel 11:34a) But when they are made to stumble they will be helped with a little help;

1. God helps the “wheat” through the “harassments” internal (weed) and external to the ministry;

2. “King North” “led” apostasy is the cause of the effects in that stumbling by progressive apostasy, scandal, and global JW Bethel centric controversy as an increasing global reproach developed by Bethel subversion, aids the development; (1Pet4:12; 2Pet2:1-3)

(Daniel 11:34b) and many will certainly join themselves to them by means of smoothness.

1. These “many” are also “joining themselves” to the ministry not by sincerity, but by “smoothness” of the apostasies “smooth words” which has created a transformed Christian ministry that is not in the “right condition” of purity and full prophetic truth, thus attracting some people for the wrong reasons—and so you have the duality of today’s apostate Jehovah’s witnesses ministry, now carrying out the Kingdom of God ministry, though now subverted in modern truth, but also bringing in the UN NGO, as an example of such duality and scandalous co-development.

Temple Judgment “Time Appointed”

(Daniel 11:35) And some of those having insight will be made to stumble, in order to do a refining work because of them (2Thess2:11-12; eventually coming temple judgment as Dan8:14; Zech3:4-5; Mal3:1-5; Rev8:3-5) and to do a cleansing and to do a whitening, until the time of [the] end; because it is yet for the time appointed.

1. The “time appointed” is the Daniel 8:13-14 temple judgment to produce that full “cleansing and “whitening” as Daniel 8:14 temple purification in the culmination of the removal and exposure of the modern apostasy. (2Thess2:3-4; Mal3:1-5; Zech3:1-5)

(Daniel 8:13-14) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the (profaned) constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation (UN NGO alliance of Daniel 11:31b), to make both [the] holy place (temple “established place”; Dan8:11) and [the] (JW worldwide) army things to trample on?” (first 8th King “trampling” “attack” defining the spiritual meaning of the “tribulation of those days” beginning); 14 So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.” (Temple judgment purification completed in this timed period parallel Zechariah 3:4-5, Revelation 8:1-5);

2. Thus “until the time of [the] end” is because the “yet for the time appointed” Daniel 8:13-14 “time appointed” of the temple judgment purpose, phasing, and validation timing (Dan8:14) will become the true final cycle starting signal. Thus the “last days” also have a “last days” portion— the “time of the end”— as Revelation 8-11 final fulfillment cycle must also activate with that temple judgment “appointed time”.

3. That is when the divinely permitted error (2Thess2:1-12) and apostasy aided subversion (Zech3:1-3) will climax in anti-temple operations (Dan8:13; Dan11:41), and then the apostasy will be ceased by God and Christ, well before world government, and the real “the end”.

4. Thus that “stumble work” will also be ceased as far as divine permission to carry out this apostasy, in order to form the final ministerial recovery of Revelation 9-11’s final fulfillment cycle.

5. Because the temple judgment of Daniel 8:13-14 is the parallel of the final fulfillment parallel of Revelation 8, Revelation 8-11 is the seven trumpets gauged “time of the end” true finale prophetic and global cycle.

A. That final prophecy cycle and its true “time of the end” will be marked by major global events coming on Bethel (Dan11:41; Dan8:13), in a global context “King South” final developments of sovereign downfall (Dan11:42-43) into full King North eventual world government domination.

Daniel 11:36-39—King North Unique Globalist Attributes

Keep in mind that when the Soviet USSR System failed, that entity cannot fulfill anything but failure (Dan11:39) in the following prophecy details of modern pinnacle Globalization “global gathering” Force of the real King North Anglo-American “Globalist Elites”:

(Revelation 16:12-14,16) And the sixth one poured out his bowl upon the great river Euphrates, and its water was dried up, that the way might be prepared for the kings from the rising of the sun. 13 And I saw three unclean inspired expressions [that looked] like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon and out of the mouth of the wild beast and out of the mouth of the false prophet. 14 They are, in fact, expressions inspired by demons and perform signs, and they go forth to the kings of the entire inhabited earth, to gather them together to the war of the great day of God the Almighty. 15 “Look! I am coming as a thief. Happy is the one that stays awake and keeps his outer garments, that he may not walk naked and people look upon his shamefulness.” 16 And they gathered them together to the place that is called in Hebrew Har–Magedon.

(Revelation 16:12-14, 16) And I saw three unclean inspired expressions [that looked] like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon and out of the mouth of the wild beast and out of the mouth of the false prophet. (complete King North/ 8th King globalist influence culminating with the “new world order” false prophecy, and the driving force of globalism “inspired expressions” ) 14 They are, in fact, expressions inspired by demons and perform signs, and they go forth to the kings of the entire inhabited earth, to gather them together (globalization is the main global force accomplishing this especially since 1990) to the war of the great day of God the Almighty. (parallels future Revelation 17:12-18 and Daniel 11:42-43 culminations into globalist 8th King power) … 16 And they gathered them (eventually “globalization” completes into King North World Government) together (into final 8th King globalist unification symbolized in world government completion by 4th UN (Dan11:45; Dan12:11) “placement” and final “world peace” proclamations (1Thess5:1-3)) to the place that is called in Hebrew Har–Magedon.

Thus these King North features of Daniel 11:36-39 have been fully active since “the king” made “his” 3rd United Nations “cold victory” presentation over the downed USSR, and are parallel characteristics of the whole King North growing global power through out the rest of the prophecy.

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”

(Daniel 11:36-39) “And the king will actually do according to his own will, and he will exalt himself and magnify himself above every god; and against the God of gods he will speak marvelous things. And he will certainly prove successful until [the] denunciation will have come to a finish; because the thing decided upon must be done. 37 And to the God of his fathers he will give no consideration; and to the desire of women and to every other god he will give no consideration, but over everyone he will magnify himself. 38 But to the god of fortresses, in his position he will give glory; and to a god that his fathers did not know he will give glory by means of gold and by means of silver and by means of precious stone and by means of desirable things. 39 And he will act effectively against the most fortified strongholds, along with a foreign god. Whoever has given [him] recognition he will make abound with glory, and he will actually make them rule among many; and [the] ground he will apportion out for a price.

Globalist King North Attributes

Daniel 11:33-39 parallels the whole King North globalist development to overcome the USSR system as the prophetic marker of the irreversible global ascendancy of the real King North “the king” who alone possesses these successful attributes to overcome any nation or national bloc progressively.

1. Features of King North “globalism” system effectiveness, culminating in the 1990 3rd UN global presentation prophecy marking Cold War victory:

(Daniel 11:36a) “And the king will actually do according to his own will, and he will exalt himself and magnify himself above every god; and against the God of gods he will speak marvelous things.

1. A “New World Order” of the World Government objective is one of these “marvelous things”. (Rev13:5-7; Dan7:8);

2. As marked by the Cold War victorious real King North Anglo-American globalists meaning, marked by that 3rd UN presentation, the real King North globalist system is successful the whole time, from the first two UN related presentations (1919,1945), to the 3rd UN presentation of 1990, to World Government of the future in Daniel 11:45, UN1-2-3-4 [1]:

(Daniel 11:36b) And he will certainly prove successful until [the] denunciation will have come to a finish; because the thing decided upon must be done.

(Daniel 11:37) And to the God of his fathers he will give no consideration; and to the desire of women (“women” example; Dan11:42 “she” nation-states) and to every other god he will give no consideration, but over everyone he will magnify himself.

(Daniel 11:38) But to the god of fortresses (Joel3:9-12), in his position he will give glory; and to a god (globalism god) that his fathers did not know he will give glory by means of gold and by means of silver and by means of precious stone and by means of desirable things.

1. Thus King North Globalism System is unique in all ways pertaining to the “north” rise of the ascendant global power system to eventually implement world government at global scale in the future. (Rev13:3; Rev17:8-13 final cycle parallel);

2. King North progressive military global monopoly “god of fortresses” progresses at global scale under NATO to Global NATO, as Daniel 11:40-41 active now, must culminate in the final cycle of the future global takeover of the globalist system.

3. Global King North financial and wealth control domination has been forming since WW1 in marked manner, to culminate as Daniel 11:42-43 in the future.

4. All of the above allows globalist King North to be “act effectively” upon all rival sovereign systems such as the nation-state and religious sovereignties (Rev17:11-18), to culminate into world government in the future.

(Daniel 11:39) And he will act effectively against the most fortified strongholds (such as the USSR and “King South” global nation-state system), along with a foreign god. Whoever has given [him] recognition he will make abound with glory, and he will actually make them rule among many; and [the] ground he will apportion out for a price.

Daniel 11:40-41—King North Global Invasion and World Government Takeover

Though the preparatory King North globalism system setup has been active fully recognizable before and since 1990, to aid Daniel 11:40-43 progress, the final cycle culmination of those prophecies occurs in the future and before King North World Government of the Daniel 11:44-45 final cycle finale into the “one hour” of full and complete World Government. (Rev17:12)

The importance of recognizing this final cycle is because King North/8th King World Government complete, functional (Dan11:45, Rev17:8-18) and stated (1Thess5:1-3; Dan12:11), triggers Christ’s arrival, not before, but AFTER it completes. That takes several more years as this final cycle eventually fully activates and totally completes as Revelation 17:8-18 full final sequence.

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”
Post 1990 global NATO military expansion historic benchmark;

(Daniel 11:40-41) “And in the time of [the] end the king of the south will engage with him in a pushing, and against him the king of the north will storm with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships; and he will certainly enter into the lands and flood over and pass through. 41 He will also actually enter into the land of the Decoration, and there will be many that will be made to stumble. But these are the ones that will escape out of his hand, Edom and Moab and the main part of the sons of Ammon.

King North Global Expansion Progress Since 1990 Marked Events (Daniel 11:40-41)

Global Invasion

1. Which real King North attributes lead to continued global expansion of the globalist system, technocratic, financial, and military as prophetically marked since 1990, as it progressively undermines the sovereignty of all national powers of the world:

(Daniel 11:40) “And in the time of [the] end (marked in 1990 3rd UN event, but culminates as Rev8-11 as marked by Daniel 8:13-14 temple judgment event and timing) the king of the south (nation-state) will engage with him in a pushing (for global sovereignty), and against him the king of the north will storm with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships; and he will certainly enter into the (national) lands and flood over and pass through.

1. What makes 1990 unique in NATO global militarization expansion is that in the Gulf War NATO became a truly militarily deployed entity to eventually be coined “Global NATO” in 1999.

2. Now though Bethel deceptively states the “kings” engage in a “pushing” where one does not overcome the other, all of Daniel 11:30-31, and Daniel 11:36-45 is about King North as the global driving force which does overcome “Egypt” in the original “King South” symbol, in Daniel 11:42-43—King North World Government is what “proves successful” and “acts effectively” to depose the fragmented nation-state sovereign system. (Dan2:31-45);

Bethel Invasion

1. And as seen in Daniel 11:30b-31a, King North has “given consideration to those leaving the holy covenant” and the subsequent impostor “arms that stand up” in the “Decoration” ministerial “fortress” are now within the Bethel ministry as King North infiltrators. Thus by Bethel apostasy and infiltration development for some decades, they have already “entered the Decoration” as well, but this will get far more severe in the future:

(Daniel 11:41a) He will also actually enter into the land of the Decoration, and there will be many [PEOPLE] that will be made to stumble.

1. But in time of the Temple Judgment of Daniel 8:13 “trampling”, that global “invasion” above, on Bethel as the “Worldwide Organization of Jehovah’s Witnesses”, will become globally culminated, visible and in the global news. (Matt24:15)

2. These are apostate (Edom) “those leaving the holy covenant”, anti-Christian and opposing supports that “escape” King North by not being the actual target in the Bethel “trampling”:

(Daniel 11:41b) But these are the ones that will escape out of his hand, Edom and Moab and the main part of the sons of Ammon.

1. And so all of Daniel 11:40-41 is now globally active fully marked since 1990, but it will reach the global invasion maturation in the future in far more visible and King North vocal forms of financial and military true global domination of King North.

2. What we can gather is the global developments of Daniel 11:40 culminating (Rev16:1-9), will be the global context of Bethel’s judgment phase and “trampling” context of and at Daniel 11:41 timing in the future—not yet Daniel 11:44 as the deceptive expectation (2Thess2:1-2) apostate Bethel has been promoting to Jehovah’s witnesses in by now purposeful error.

3. Thus the coming financial system coup of King North (Dan11:42-43) is also well set-up during this whole post 1990 globalization wave (as founded since WW1 financial systems), and must culminate in the future in the actuality of its intended real purpose of global wealth control also to be seen globally, before World Government completes.

A. That financial global crisis potential, however it may manifest to total King North global ownership and final finance system “solution” implementation (Rev13:15-18), it will be a striking global event and subsequent period.

B. It must parallel the Revelation 13:3 “global sword stroke” and Revelation 17:8 United Nations future “abyss plunge”, to eventually “ascend” into world government (Rev17:8-13; Dan11:44-45), upon the eventual subservient nation-state system “global healing” phase (Isa41:1) and its purpose of maximizing that fourth and final United Nations based World Government presentation to the full.

Daniel 11:42-43—King North Global Wealth and Financial Takeover

King South King North
Nation-State System “Old World Order” Globalist Globalization System “New World Order”

(Daniel 11:42-43) And he will keep thrusting out his hand against the lands; and as regards the land of Egypt, she will not prove to be an escapee. 43 And he will actually rule over the hidden treasures of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. And the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.

Future Global Wealth Coup of King North Globalists

(Daniel 11:42) And he will keep thrusting out his hand against the lands (nation-state system); and as regards the land of Egypt, she will not prove to be an escapee.

1. Now the “King South” ” Egypt” feminine “she” symbol of nation-state system subservience, will not “escape” as the nation-state system will become fully subservient to ” King North” globalization which completes for the eventual forming World Government finale (Dan11:45; Rev17:12), which “will actually rule” the total global gold/silver, wealth and asset ownership of the whole global nation-state system:

(Daniel 11:43a) And he will actually rule over the hidden treasures of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt.

1. Insignificant nations were not yet the goal to fully dominate as dominating the core industrial nations first, will lead to every dependent nation “at his steps” falling in, in time if everything went as King North plans.

(Daniel 11:43b) And the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.

Daniel 11:44-45—King North World Government

King South King North
“She” Subservient Nation-State System Globalist World Government

(Daniel 11:44-45) “But there will be reports that will disturb him, out of the sunrising and out of the north, and he will certainly go forth in a great rage in order to annihilate and to devote many to destruction. 45 And he will plant his palatial tents (world government) between [the] grand sea and the holy mountain of Decoration; and he will have to come all the way to his end, and there will be no helper for him.

Final King North Agenda Prelude into World Government Completion

Temple Judgment Purpose

1. In the future, after the temple judgment of Daniel 8:13-14 (Rev8 parallel) initial timing (1150 min, 2300 days possible), phasing, and purpose completes, the temple judgment-to-purification “right condition” will be reached in the prelude timing to parallel Revelation 8, for the recovery of Revelation 9 final ministry preparation and deployment.

A. Those fifth and sixth “trumpets” of alarm carry the “four trumpets” of the temple judgment modern meaning (Rev8:3-5 is the temple judgment), as a final “two witnesses” deployed “little scroll” message will emerge. (Rev9-10)

B. Then a fully truthful and full prophetic explanation (Rev10:5-11; Rev11:3), of all these covered up prophecy and world government details will complete its final  1260 days warning mission. (Dan7:25; Dan12:7; Rev11:2-3; Rev12:14; Rev13:5-7)

2. What will emerge (Rev9), in time, is the full “little scroll” “two witnesses” second witnessing Messianic Kingdom completion announcement.

A. That will present the complete explanation of all these post 1990 3rd UN and globalization developments-to-world government 4th UN cycle prophetic meanings [1].

The Main “Report” that will “disturb” King North

1. The “little scroll” “report” subject of that final witnessing (Rev9-11:1-7), which is part of the “reports” (little scroll), is what will really “disturb” King North before (Rev11:2-3; Rev13:5-7; Dan12:7) and as King North progresses (Rev11:7) to 8th King synonymous World Government:

(Daniel 11:44) “But there will be reports that will disturb him, out of the sunrising and out of the north, and he will certainly go forth in a great rage in order to annihilate and to devote many to destruction. (Dan8:25 parallel “during a freedom from care” (1Thess5:1-3) world government power “will bring many to ruin”)

1. What emerges in the final warning period of 1260 days before this climax, is the full Global Open Salvation Appeal, which in time Christ completes as Revelation 14:6-7.

A. Revelation 14 is the whole post Christ arrival sequence.

B. Daniel 8 and 11 provides one time only global events, to support Revelation’s applicable repeating prophecy principles in final form in the future. (Rev8-11; Rev15-16)

2. World Government global distribution of “one hour” (Rev17:12) of global sovereign power:

(Daniel 11:45) And he will plant his palatial tents between [the] grand sea and the holy mountain of Decoration; and he will have to come all the way to his end, and there will be no helper for him.

1. Because only the 8th King will become the final World Government parallel global-sovereign rival entity (Rev17:8-13), and this is obviously “palatial tents” of just such a global- system, “King North” has actually always been explicit in Daniel 11:45 as to “who” this global pinnacle world power “king” “north” must be.

A. Bethel merely attempts to keep it all “a mystery” to cover for their King North partners. (Dan11:32a)

B. This “mystery” and potential future Russian alignment also allows the over advanced Daniel 11:44 expectation to be prematurely expected among Jehovah’s witnesses (2Thess2:1-2), which false impression aids the JW false belief “the end of the world” is “right around the corner” which allows Bethel’s future “trampling” (Dan8:13) and “invasion” (Dan11:41) coming, to be misperceived as “the end” rather than what it really will be: The Temple Judgment.

2. Because the explicit “Jerusalem” location is not mentioned, but only implied ” between [the] grand sea and the holy mountain”, and the spiritual “Jerusalem” entity will be in spiritual completion as Revelation 14:1-7 in this period (Zech2:5), this implied “location” is the counterfeit “Kingdom of God” and “Zion” claims of King North’s final World Government system “location” to emerge on the world scene first.

3. Daniel 11:45 must parallel Daniel 12:11 final placing of the “disgusting thing”, thus Daniel 11:40-45 merges into Daniel 12 whose final fulfillment must be “during that time” of Daniel 11:40-45 final global cycle events.

After World Government Completes

All these events and judgments are under full World Government:

1. Final “world peace” “and security” of the King North/8th King system as the Daniel 8:25 “freedom from care” parallel;

2. Final anointed Christian sealing by completing final mission (Rev10:5-11) thus the “Four Winds” phase (Matt24:31; Rev7:1-4) activates under world government;

A. The “two witnesses” final warning is ceased at that time. (Rev11:7)

3. The larger scale Babylon the Great shelling Christendom deposition will also be within that Daniel 11:44 “devote many to destruction” and the Daniel 8:25 “bring many to ruin” parallel. (Rev17:15-18; Rev16:12,17-20);

4. The attempted global coercion of anyone resisting the 666 marking campaign of World Government will also be a King North target in Revelation 13:15-18. (Rev14:9-11 Christian focus)

Christ Arrival

1. And for those reasons those judgments and contextual final events take place under full World Government in which time (Dan12:1), the Christ arrival (Matt24:29-31; Rev11:11-12) to complete the Messianic Kingdom to oversee those judgments is the climax.

A. Christ “cuts short the days” (Matt24:21-22) of that final King North agenda (2Thess1:6-10), while securing global sheep first. (Matt25:31-40; Rev14:14-16);

2. Thus that period under full world government and its final global agenda in action is the “four winds” period in which period Christ arrives (Matt24:30-31) as Christ secures global sheep (Rev14:1-16) first, before he deposes King North/8th King completely in the “seventh trumpet” event. (Rev11:15-19);

3. Thus knowing what world government and its final cycle will mean, to be increasingly backed by enormous progressive global events and milestones of the first six “trumpets”, will be easily perceived by those believing the final witnessing “little scroll” message when it emerges—even now it can be beneficial to not accept the now prevalent “it’s the end of the world” (2Thess2:1-2) and its “doomsday” false impression. (Rev13:3)

VIII. Daniel 11:40-45 Culmination Final Cycle Must Converge into Daniel 12 Final Fulfillment

Daniel 11 is a one time only, unique prophecy, which final portion of Daniel 11:40-45 events must converge, live and real-time in the future, into Daniel 12’s final fulfillment in repeating form. Unlike Daniel 11:36-39 unique features of Globalist King North sovereign development, Daniel 11:40-45 is explicit progressive and milestone future events and developments that must fully culminate into World Government in the future, as global developments that will be explicitly recognizable.

Daniel and Revelation both have one time only, as well as repeating, prophecy. The unique feature about Daniel is it gives explicit rival sovereign developmental details which can be registered and overlaid upon Revelation’s structural details of the final cycle in revelation 8-11 and Revelation 16.

Another important detail is that Daniel 11 has been known by more than just Bethel and Jehovah’s witnesses to be in active fulfillment not yet complete. And thus Daniel 11:40-45 must connect into the reference in Daniel 12:1 “and during that time” of the Daniel 11 final events.

Progressive King North global power development must culminate into World Government over the final cycle.

Daniel 11:40-45 One Time Prophecy Must Merge into Daniel 12 Repeating Prophecy
(Daniel 12:1) And during that time Michael will stand up, the great prince who is standing in behalf of the sons of your people. And there will certainly occur a time of distress such as has not been made to occur since there came to be a nation until that time. And during that time your people will escape, every one who is found written down in the book. 
Daniel 11:40-45—One Time; Final Cycle Prior to World Government Daniel 12—Repeats; World Government to Christ Arrival  Revelation8/16—Repeats; Christ Arrival Gauge in Seven Trumpets and Plagues
Daniel 12:1 “During that time” of Daniel 11:40-45 convergence Original 1914-1919 Pattern Repeats Trumpets Plagues
Context
Daniel 11:40-43 Global Context First Time of Distress/Tribulation of Those Days Revelation 16 First 4 Plagues Global Context Rev8—Temple Rev16—Global
Daniel 11:41 Temple Invasion Daniel 8:13 “Trampling” of Temple Judgment Starting—3.19 Years (1Pet4:17) Revelation 8—Temple Judgment Rev8:3-5 activates P1-P4
Daniel 8:13-14 3.19 Years “Evening” Events and Timing First Christ Temple “Stand” Prelude (Mal3:1-4) Revelation 8:3-5 P2
Temple Judgment “Evening” 3.19 Years Begins P3
Temple must be cleansed “right condition” before the 1260 days can begin. (Dan8:14; Zech3:1-5)
Daniel 11:42-43 Global Wealth Control Prelude Developments to Daniel 12:7 1260 Days Revelation 8 First 4 Trumpets Context P4
Revelation 13:3—Global “Sword Stroke” to “Healing” Develops T1
Revelation 17:8-13—World Government “Wildbeast” “Plunge” to “Ascension” Develops T2
Revelation 13:15-18 Global “Buying and Selling” Control Develops T3
Temple Judgment “Evening” 3.19 Years Ends T4
“Healing” Upswing May Be Temple Recovery Parallel Christ Temple Arrival—Temple Cleansed
Final Warning Prelude Temple Recovery Revelation 9 Activates T5
Daniel 8:14 “Morning” 3.19 Year Phase Begins Trumpets 5-6 Declare First 4 Trumpet Meaning T6 P5
Zechariah 3:4-5 Purification P6
Malachi 3:1-5 Clarification
Isaiah 6:6-9
Daniel 8:14 “Morning” 3.19 Year Phase Ends
Final Warning Commission Final “Little Scroll” Commission
Revelation 10:5-11
Zechariah 3:6-9
Matthew 24:45-47
Daniel 12:7 1260 Days Begins Two Witnesses Final Warning Deployed Revelation 11:1-7
Revelation 11:2-3
1260 Days Expires
Daniel 11:44 King North  Attack Agenda to World Government Daniel 8:25 “Bring many to ruin” Parallel Two Witnesses Deposed Rev11:7
1 Thessalonians 5:1-3—World “Peace and security” World Government Proclamation Daniel 8:25 “during a “Freedom from care” Parallel Four Winds Period Under World Government “3.5 Days” Final Segway Begins 
Revelation 11:7—Final Sealing Accomplished by Final Warning Mission Completion
Daniel 11:45 World Government Complete Daniel 12:11 1290 Days Begins Revelation 11:8-10 “3.5 Days” Merges Into Daniel 12:11
Daniel 12:11 Dual Criteria Activation of 1290 Days
“Plant palatial tents” 1 “Place the disgusting thing” as World Government
“Tribulation of those days” ends with Global “Sword Stroke” “Healing” into World Government Presentation 2 “Constant Feature” removed as Two Witnesses Cessation (Rev11:7)
Christ Arrival—Final “Stand” into Messianic Kingdom Completion Revelation 14:1 P7
Matthew 24:29-31 Revelation 11:11-12
Revelation 6:12-17 Revelation 7 Completions
Revelation 19:11-14
Judgments Overseen by Christ in Messianic Kingdom Kingship Christ Completes Ministry (Rev14:6-7) Revelation 14:6-16
King North Final Attacks Matthew 29:31—Sheep Secured Revelation 14:14-16
1 Two Witnesses Deposed (completes first, already accomplished) Sheep Secured Throughout These Final Developments Matthew 25:31-40
2 General Global 666 Campaign (Rev13:15-18)
3 Babylon the Great Deposed (Rev17:15-18; Rev16:19)
1290 Days Ends
Armageddon Christ Global Conquest Revelation 11:15-19 T7
8th King/King North Deposed
Messianic Kingdom 1000 Year Reign Begins

====

Daniel 11:27-45 Simpler Details

World War1, World War2, Cold War First Three Cycles of Four (Dan11:27-30)

(Daniel 11:27a) “And as regards these two kings, their heart will be inclined to doing what is bad, and at one table a lie is what they will keep speaking.

1. These ” two kings” are “south” nation-state system, and “north” globalizing system, all at global scope.

2. The one table, “one thought” of global rulership, of the “empty thing” of Psalm 2, upon the whole planet Earth scale.

3. The lie is the same lie of successful human global rulership sovereign development.

(Daniel 11:27b) But nothing will succeed, because [the] end is yet for the time appointed.

1. All nation-state and globalist efforts at premature world domination fail. The nation-state failures of Germany and the USSR are the visible “and nothing will succeed” in all three first world wars, WW1, WW2, and Cold WW3.

2. What has “proven successful” (Dan11:36b) was the King North United Nations global presentation marked “image” finales of all THREE of those world war periods.

(Daniel 11:28) “And he will go back to his land with a great amount of goods, and his heart will be against the holy covenant. (WW1 HC ID period) And he will act effectively (League placement) and certainly go back to his land. (WW2 or WW2 prep)

1. From first identification of holy covenant location; 1897-1918 Corporate coup attempts and imprisonment are examples of these denunciation attempts;

2. They did not want first League of Nations placement or the 2nd United Nations placement exposed as prophecy;

(Daniel 11:29) “At the time appointed he will go back, (WW2 and 2nd UN placement; Rev17:8-11) and he will actually come against the south (WW2 and Cold War beginning); but it will not prove to be at the last the same as at the first.

1. Cold War is a unique world war cycle different in that “cold war” cycle in comparison to the first two “hot” world wars to mark this period as certain;

(Daniel 11:30) And there will certainly come against him the ships of Kittim, and he will have to become dejected.

1. Nation-state vessels of sovereign resistance impede global government in the whole WW1-Cold War phase…

(Daniel 11: 30b) “And he will actually go back

…over that whole period of preparatory world government steps in WW1, WW2, and the Cold War whole period.

2. But after two successful United Nations related prophecies exposed, a new effort of subversion against the “holy covenant” ministry had to be undertaken by internal means of assured success to keep the 3rd United Nations global presentation severed from the continuum in prophecy of the original two.

(Daniel 11:30b) and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively; and he will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant.

1. Since WW1 era attempts to silence the League of Nations exposure, the “hurl denunciations” are present, and “consideration” of internal Bethel subversion is first by apostasy developing inside of Bethel for the whole time.

A. By 1944-1990 “King North” “will act effectively” within the Bethel administration to effect a successful “operation of error” subversion that God permits for greater purposes later. (2Thess2:11-12);

2. Which, in time, formed an “effective” internal operation inside of Bethel for a dictatorial ministerial controlling device:

A. 1944 “governing body” first mentioned at Bethel and accepted as valid; (introduced in WW2 period active and Rutherford 1942 death distraction)

B. 1971 “lifted up” “Governing Body” title applied at Bethel; (Cold War period)

C. 1976 Governing Body dictatorship established; (Cold War period)

D. Which sets up  for the whole Cold War period the eventual 1990-1991 UN NGO and 3rd UN presentation cover-up and silencing.

3. This allows apostasy and internal infiltration to mature for that whole period to the point of profaning the whole anointed Christian ministry:

(Daniel 11:31a) And there will be arms that will stand up, proceeding from him; and they will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature].

Third United Nations Placement, Bethel UN NGO 1990-1991

1. By the time 1990 3rd UN presentation occurs, it is joined by infiltrated Bethel as UN NGO, as all these former participants, “they” work in collusion:

(Daniel 11:31b) “And they will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation.

1. Subsequently the 3rd UN prophecy is covered up as prophecy, breaking the UN1-2-3 continuum;

2. Example of “desolation” “caused” is the real King North globalist orchestration of all this world war cycles, and their various “wars and reports of wars”; (Matt24:6)

3. All the world war cycles culminated all three times into a marked “disgusting thing” UN related presentation, as the finale of the “desolation” cycle as per the Revelation 13:3 principle as first seen in the WW1 first cycle.

Bethel Progressive Apostasy Period Effects

1. This sections parallels features of the whole “hurl denunciations” period, because both “weed” and “wheat” progress is present in the anointed Christian updated “locale”:

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant, he will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. But as regards the people who are knowing their God, they will prevail and act effectively.

1.
“Leading” into fresh apostasy takes time, but it progresses to the point of apostate Bethel’s modern state;

2. But “the people” “knowing their God” are also effective at explaining prophecy the whole time, in the principle of “wheat” and “weeds” growing parallel (Matt13:36-42) for the whole period:

(Daniel 11:33) And as regards those having insight among the people, they will impart understanding to the many. And they will certainly be made to stumble by sword and by flame, by captivity and by plundering, for [some] days.

1.
General persecutions and internal “arms that stand up” “harassment” (Dan7:25) occurs at the same time.

(Daniel 11:34a) But when they are made to stumble they will be helped with a little help;

1. God helps the “wheat” through the “harassments” internal and external to the ministry, yet all “King North” “led” apostasy;

(Daniel 11:34b) and many will certainly join themselves to them by means of smoothness.

1. These “many” are also “joining themselves” to the ministry not by sincerity, but by “smoothness” of the apostasies “smooth words” which has created a transformed Christian ministry that is not in the “right condition” of purity and full prophetic truth, thus attracting some people for the wrong reasons.

Temple Judgment “Time Appointed”

(Daniel 11:35) And some of those having insight will be made to stumble, in order to do a refining work because of them (2Thess2:11-12) and to do a cleansing and to do a whitening, until the time of [the] end; because it is yet for the time appointed.

1. The “time appointed” is the Daniel 8:13-14 temple judgment to produce that full “cleansing and “whitening” as Daniel 8:14 temple purification in the culmination of the removal and exposure of the modern apostasy. (2Thess2:3-4; Mal3:1-5; Zech3:1-5)

Globalist King North Attributes

Parallels the whole development to overcome the USSR system as the prophetic marker of irreversible global ascendancy of the real King North who alone possesses these attributes to overcome any nation or national bloc.

1. Features of King North effectiveness, culminating in the 3rd UN global presentation marking Cold War victory:

(Daniel 11:36a) “And the king will actually do according to his own will, and he will exalt himself and magnify himself above every god; and against the God of gods he will speak marvelous things.

1. A “New World Order” of the World Government objective is one of these “marvelous things”;

As marked by the Cold War victorious real King North Anglo-American globalists meaning, marked by that 3rd UN presentation, the real King North globalist system is successful the whole time, from the first two UN related presentations (1919,1945), to the 3rd UN presentation of 1990, to World Government of the future in Daniel 11:45, UN1-2-3-4:

(Daniel 11:36b) And he will certainly prove successful until [the] denunciation will have come to a finish; because the thing decided upon must be done.

(Daniel 11:37) And to the God of his fathers he will give no consideration; and to the desire of women and to every other god he will give no consideration, but over everyone he will magnify himself.

(Daniel 11:38) But to the god of fortresses, in his position he will give glory; and to a god that his fathers did not know he will give glory by means of gold and by means of silver and by means of precious stone and by means of desirable things.

1. Military global monopoly progresses under NATO to Global NATO, as Daniel 11:40-41 active now, must culminate in the final cycle.

(Daniel 11:39) And he will act effectively against the most fortified strongholds, along with a foreign god. Whoever has given [him] recognition he will make abound with glory, and he will actually make them rule among many; and [the] ground he will apportion out for a price.

King North Global Expansion Progress Since 1990 Marked Events (Daniel 11:40-41)

Global Invasion

Which real King North attributes lead to continued global expansion of the globalist system, technocratic, financial, and military as prophetically marked since 1990:

(Daniel 11:40) “And in the time of [the] end the king of the south will engage with him in a pushing, and against him the king of the north will storm with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships; and he will certainly enter into the lands and flood over and pass through.

Bethel Invasion

1. And as seen in Daniel 11:30b-31a, they have “given consideration to those leaving the holy covenant” in the “Decoration” ministerial “fortress”, so by apostasy and infiltration they have already “entered the Decoration” as well:

(Daniel 11:41a) He will also actually enter into the land of the Decoration, and there will be many [lands] that will be made to stumble.

But in time of Daniel 8:13 “trampling” that “invasion” above on Bethel, will become globally culminated and visible.

These are anti-Christian and opposing supports that “escape” the Bethel “trampling”:

(Daniel 11:41b) But these are the ones that will escape out of his hand, Edom and Moab and the main part of the sons of Ammon.

1. And so all of Daniel 11:40-41 is now active fully marked since 1990, but it will reach the global invasion maturation in the future in far more visible forms of financial and military domination of King North.

2. Thus the coming financial system coup of King North is also well set-up during this whole post 1990 globalization wave (as founded since WW1 financial systems),

3. Must culminate in the future in the actuality of its intended real purpose of global wealth control also to be seen globally, before World Government completes.

Future Global Wealth Coup of King North Globalists

(Daniel 11:42) And he will keep thrusting out his hand against the lands; and as regards the land of Egypt, she will not prove to be an escapee.

1. Now the “King South” “Egypt” symbol, will not “escape” as the nation-state system will become fully subservient to “King North” forming World Government, by total global gold, wealth and asset ownership:

(Daniel 11:43a) And he will actually rule over the hidden treasures of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt.

1. Insignificant nations were not yet the goal to fully dominate as dominating the core industrial nations first, will lead to every dependent nation “at his steps” falling in in time.

(Daniel 11:43b) And the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.

Final King North Agenda Prelude into World Government Completion

1. In the future, the temple judgment “right condition” will restore a fully truthful prophetic explanation of all this 1990 3rd UN and globalization developments in a final witnessing which is what will really “disturb” King North before and as it progresses to World Government:

(Daniel 11:44) “But there will be reports that will disturb him, out of the sunrising and out of the north, and he will certainly go forth in a great rage in order to annihilate and to devote many to destruction.

World Government global distribution of power:

(Daniel 11:45) And he will plant his palatial tents between [the] grand sea and the holy mountain of Decoration; and he will have to come all the way to his end, and there will be no helper for him.

1. Because only the 8th King will become final World Government parallel, and this is obviously “palatial tents” of just such a system, “King North” has actually always been explicit in Daniel 11:45 as to “who” this global pinnacle world power “king” “north” must be.

2. Because the “Jerusalem” location is not mentioned, and the entity will be in spiritual completion as Revelation 14:1-7 in this period, this “location” is the counterfeit “Kingdom of God” and “Zion” claims of King North’s World Government system.

3. Daniel 11:45 must parallel Daniel 12:11 final placing of the “disgusting thing”, thus Daniel 11:40-45 merges into Daniel 12 whose final fulfillment must be “during that time” of Daniel 11:40-45 final cycle events.

Supporting Information

[1] Back to UN1-2-3-4 Section Above

Four King North=8th King UN Cycles to World Government—1919-Future

UN 1. 1919 – Rev13:11-15 (Dan12:11 first fulfillment) as League of Nations after WW1;

A. International Bible Students Association (IBSA) explained as prophecy;

UN 2. 1945 – Rev17:8-11 as United Nations after WW2;

A. Jehovah’s Witnesses (JW) explained as prophecy;

=
Unknown and unstated by UN NGO aligned Jehovah’s witnesses:
=

UN 3. 1990 – Daniel 11:31b as United Nations “New World Order” Initiative after WW3 (Cold War) (Dan11:29);

A. Covered up by Bethel as UN NGO, not explained as prophecy by any religious group;

[We are Here…]

UN 4. Future; World Government- Daniel 11:45; Daniel 8:25; (Daniel 12:11 last fulfillment) as United Nations and World Government after 4th world tribulation/war cycle to come.

A. Not currently explained by Bethel in lieu of a premature “end of the world” deception. (2Thess2:1-2)

B. To be explained after the JW temple judgment desolation, purification and removal of lawless Bethel engineered subversion (2Thess2:1-4; Dan11:30-31; Dan8:11-13);

Daniel 8:13-14 Diametric “Wrong Condition” at Apostate Bethel Since 1944—It’s Future Fulfillment and Implications

Daniel 8:13-14 Diametric “Wrong Condition” at Apostate Bethel Since 1944—It’s Future Fulfillment and Implications

1. How Daniel 8:12-14 Unright Condition Has Been Developed by the Profane Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses Since 1944;

2. How the 1944 “governing body” concept has been aligned with the “Theocratic Organization” “Watchtower Charter adjustments” that supposedly fulfilled the Daniel 8:14 prophecy, “bringing the sanctuary into the right condition” as if the “organization” is the “sanctuary”;

3. Why Daniel 8:13-14 Fulfills in the Future as the now required Temple Judgment “trampling” for purification “right condition” and recovery for the “second witness” final Kingdom proclamation and final global open salvation call;

But there are other problems with this shifting Bethel interpretation of this Daniel 8:11-14 prophecy in this overall post 1944 development. The irony is the modern Bethel Daniel 8:14 interpretation is actually part of the profanation development for the modern Jehovah’s witnesses “unright state”, to establish an illegal, 1944 founded, Governing Body ruled, fictional “Theocracy”.

This study is concerning this prophecy of the coming Temple Judgment:

(Daniel 8:13-14) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation, to make both [the] holy place and [the] army things to trample on?” 14 So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.”

In this article, Daniel 8:14 is focused on in the whole Daniel 8:11-14 applicable sequence, because Bethel applies Daniel 8:14 to “Watchtower charter adjustments” in two versions of this interpretation to establish the “purification” meaning, while Daniel 8:13 is applied to, in the final version, now, World War 2 era events of worldly powers as the “transgressors” of Daniel 8:11-13.

In reality Daniel 8:13 “transgression causing desolation” developments in the “sanctuary” are what initiates the purification requirement in a final temple judgment which is what Daniel 8:13-14 actually is, as it is a continuum to be applied to the coming temple judgment.

The temple judgment phase of this coming fulfillment is timed and phased for future verification.

Ironically Bethel is now the main producers of the implied Daniel 8:13 “unright condition” now well founded within the “gradually given over” to full enemy subversion of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry. Bethel transgression is the real prelude of steadily introduced lawlessness that has led to this state of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry today.

(Daniel 8:11-12) And all the way to the Prince of the army it put on great airs, and from him the constant [feature] was taken away, and the established place of his sanctuary was thrown down. 12 And an army itself was gradually given over, together with the constant [feature], because of transgression; and it kept throwing truth to the earth, and it acted and had success.

(Zechariah 3:1-3) And he proceeded to show me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of Jehovah, and Satan standing at his right hand in order to resist him. 2 Then [the angel of] Jehovah said to Satan: “Jehovah rebuke you, O Satan, yes, Jehovah rebuke you, he who is choosing Jerusalem! Is this one not a log snatched out of the fire?” 3 Now as for Joshua, he happened to be clothed in befouled garments and standing before the angel.

(Note for this reading: Now if one considers the Jehovah’s witnesses historic ministry as invalid and “Masonic” from inception from Charles Russell’s day, then this analysis will have no meaning. But if one considers or believes the original Jehovah’s witnesses ministry to be a valid anointed Christian ministry with the purpose of proclaiming God’s Kingdom as prophecy fulfillments, while concurrently exposing the progressive prophecies of the opposing “8th King” World Government development live and real-time at the same time, then one will see the real meaning in this subversion. (Dan8:12))

What is really developing in this Governing Body dictatorially guided subversion process, is an illegal ministerial controlling authority development, and the idolization of the Jehovah’s Witnesses Organization, while concealing the post 1990 3rd and future 4th United Nations continuum of prophecy as a UN 1-2-3-4 continuum to World Government, while concurrently endorsing the Wildbeast System as UN NGO.

Conjuring Up the “Governing Body” and “Organizational Theocracy”

This draft analysis will demonstrate that the general idea of the Watchtower Bible and Tract Society (WTBTS) “Theocratic Organization” was to, in time, radically expand and also be aligned with the parallel “Governing Body” development since its first “governing body” mention of 1944. Both of these developments of ministerial identity and structure were to later converge into the concurrently developing Daniel 8:13-14, 1958 to post 1982, interpretations as the “purified” fully “Theocratic Organization” claims of those interpretations merged with the parallel Governing Body concept, and development to fully empowered entity convergent as one whole, as the Governing Body dictatorship capstone emerged with the whole of that “Pyramid of Theocracy”.

Both the “theocracy” and the “governing body” are but cloaking terms for what is now a man controlled organization of Jehovah’s witnesses and its corporations as one ministerial whole of “gradually given over” profanation and subversion from the original ministerial objective with complete focus shifted to the “Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses” progressive establishment, and its complimentary “Worldwide Organization of Jehovah’s Witnesses” idolatries as now ever complicating distractions from the real progress of modern prophecy and the original Kingdom of God objective.

*** Watchtower 2015; 7/15 p. 9 par. 14 Work to Enhance the Spiritual Paradise ***

14, 15. What organizational adjustments were made in the 1970’s, and how have they proved beneficial?

14 Over the years, the older ones in our midst have personally experienced some of the organizational adjustments that have increased the beauty of the earthly part of Jehovah’s organization. They remember when congregations had a congregation servant rather than a body of elders, when countries had a branch servant rather than a Branch Committee, and when direction was given by the president of the Watch Tower Society rather than by a clearly established Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses. Although all these devoted brothers were supported by faithful assistants, one person was basically responsible for making decisions in the congregations, at the branch offices, and at world headquarters. During the 1970’s, adjustments were made to put the responsibility for oversight on groups of elders rather than on individuals.

15 Have these adjustments proved beneficial?

Yes, and logically so. Why? Because the adjustments were based on increased knowledge about the pattern set in the Scriptures. Instead of having the influence of one individual dominate, the composite good qualities of all the “gifts in men” whom Jehovah has provided benefit the organization.—Eph. 4:8; Prov. 24:6.

In reality a “composite of subversion” by a “rule by committee” dictatorship is what has formed in 70 years since 1944.

General Outline

Aiding the purpose of the whole development is a post 1944 fabricated WTBTS “prophetic” history in which the “Governing Body” progressively plays a central dictatorial role as if ever present in the Jehovah’s Witnesses ministry since 1884, now “clearly established”, and then ever present in the overall Christian history since the first century, as fraudulently applicable to Acts 15. (The Acts 15 “catch all” locale to conjure up a supposed “governing body” entity that Christendom has used to define and maintain every clergy of their system for centuries, thus unique in no way to the WTBTS. Instead it is the same “steering committee” that also was used to subvert Christendom’s many “organizations” as well.)

The general development went like this, 1-4:

1. Version 1 “Theocracy” “Purification”

The Daniel 8:13-14 “interpretation” has slid off the Jehovah’s witness radar, in general, while the 1944 instituted Governing Body has used it to seal their own “clearly established” apostate priesthood as if the prophetic and Biblical “Supreme Council of Divinely Appointed Overseers” of the then also “purified” “temple arrangement” since after 1944, by WTBTS “Charter adjustments”. This “prophecy” stays “off the radar” for most Jehovah’s witnesses, because it is flimsy (and complicated), yet behind the scenes it is a foundational “theocratic” part of the “prophetic basis” for the existence of the “Governing Body”  dictatorship over the WTBTS “Theocratic Organization”.

A. Even Fred Franz said “IF we accept this as fulfilling the prophecy…”; because the Bethel interpretation always has had major problems (in addition to trying to explain a prophecy that has not yet fulfilled.) In the meantime, Bethel has “gradually” morphed it all to fit the “Governing Body” convergent agenda of “top down” total control, by use of the “theocracy” cover it provides.

“”If we accept this as fulfilling the prophecy of the “transgression that causeth appalment” or “that makes desolate,” when is it that the sanctuary should be “victorious” (JP), “vindicated” (Ro), “justified” (Le), “cleansed” (AS, AV, LXX), or “be restored to its rightful state” (RS)?”” (Your Will Be Done chapter 9, pg. 244, par. 44; (also at Watchtower 1959 10/1 p. 600 par. 44))

So Fred Franz had doubts; (and with good reason hindsight has now revealed.)

B. There are now two versions of the Daniel 8:14 timeframe of this prophecy as taught by Bethel, the 1958-1981 (1926-1932 2300 days) ‘Version 1’, and the 1982-1999 to present (1938-1944 2300 days) ‘Version 2’.

C. But what is referred to in the first version, is the 1938 “Organization” article to form the “Theocratic Organization” restored theme in 1932 in version 1, and in 1944 in version 2, as their respective “end of the 2300 days”. This will come up later as the new, Version 2, Daniel 8:14 timing shifted to 1938-1944 as will be examined in this article—while retaining all the compounding “organizational adjustments” along the way;)

*** Watchtower 1959; 10/15 p. 632 par. 49 Part 24—“Your Will Be Done on Earth” (Your Will Be Done 1958; ch. 9 pg. 215 par. 49)***

“”That was only a right beginning, for the sanctuary had to be made theocratic in all respects. Six years later The Watchtower published the article “Organization,” Part 1 in its issue of June 1, 1938, and Part 2 in its next issue of June 15.””

The gist is a “Theocratic Organization” was thoroughly founded to fulfill the Daniel 8:14 purified “right condition” in 1932 as the end of the “2300 evenings and mornings” of Daniel 8:14; Version 1 (1958-59), 1926-1932. (first 2300 days timeframe application);

2. Version 2 “Theocracy” “Purification”

But post 1982 to now, [the timeframe for Daniel 8:14 “2300 days”] has shifted forward, but the idea remains the same: supposed “True Theocracy” “fulfilled!”—this time in 1944—as all “organizational adjustments” from the first round, have been retained for this second round, but the date slid forward for interesting reasons.):

A. The “adjusted” version in the “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” (1999) book slides the date into the WW2 period (1939-1945), from the first version’s 1926-1932 (old version) to the 1938-1944 second version, but the revision retains the same “Organizational Theocracy” restored idea and claims, as well as the former “adjustments” to the organizational charter.

(The parallel “Governing Body” progress and supporting “organizational theocracy” ideas were further prepared in Watchtower 1971 12/1 Bringing the Holy Place into Right Condition and Watchtower 1982 9/15 pp. 16-17 The Kingdom and “a Holy Place”, to end up condensed for the Daniel 8:14 final “interpretation” application in the book “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” 1999, chap. 10 pp. 177-179 Who Can Stand Against the Prince of Princes?)

3. Governing Body Parallel Development

And while the new rationale shifted forward in timeframe (1938-1944), it also conveniently brings Jehovah’s witnesses to a very very important date: 1944 (important for the organization, mostly unknown to Jehovah’s witnesses at large), the 1944 year of the first mentioning of the “governing body” term itself.

*** Watchtower 1971; 12/15 pp. 755-756 A Governing Body as Different from a Legal Corporation ***

“”In the year 1944 the Watchtower magazine BEGAN TO SPEAK about the governing body of the Christian congregation.””

A. Thus two parallel “theocracy supporting” developments are converging behind the scenes, one, the Daniel 8:14 “interpretation” as “theocratic organization” and two, the “Governing Body” development since 1944. Thus 1944 is the target date for BOTH developments, and for a few important reasons now convergent in Jehovah’s witnesses history, to tentacle and merge as one “theocratic” theme, superimposed upon the overall Bethel Daniel 8:14 modern fiction as if “prophecy fulfilled brothers!”:

*** Daniel’s Prophecy 1999; chap. 10 p. 178 par. 26 Who Can Stand Against the Prince of Princes? ***

“The Theocratic Alignment Today.”

At the annual corporate meeting on October 2 (1944), the Society’s charter was amended in an effort to bring it as close to a theocratic arrangement as the law would allow.”

Note the Key 1944 Timing

B. During the diversion of WW2, 1944 was two years after Joseph F. Rutherford died, to even allow the 1944 “governing body” term to even be spoken in the ministry. This is because brother Rutherford already quelled a “board of directors” takeover attempt in 1917:

***Jehovah’s Witnesses in the Divine Purpose 1959; pp. 70-71***

“”There he persisted in his efforts to persuade Rutherford to send him back to England so that he might make his position more secure. When Brother Rutherford refused, he sought assistance from the board of directors and finally persuaded four members to side with him in this issue by making it appear that Brother Rutherford was unfit to serve as president of the Society. Since the board of directors consisted of only seven men, this meant that now the majority of the board of directors had gone in opposition to President Rutherford, Vice-President Pierson and Secretary-Treasurer Van Amburgh. This put the officers of the Society on one side of the issue and the directors who were trying to wrest administrative control from the president on the other side.

TOM: How did they expect to do that?

JOHN: Their idea was to make the president’s position secondary to the board of directors and limit his authority to that of an adviser. That would have meant making a change in the corporation’s bylaws, and since it was a complete departure from the provisions of the original charter it warned of serious trouble ahead.

[which is exactly what the Governing Body accomplished in 1976]

Throughout the entire administration of Pastor Russell, the president and the other officers of the Society had been the ones to decide on new publications; the board of directors, as a body, WAS NOT CONSULTED. Brother Rutherford CONTINUED this same policy as he took up the new administration. “”

And that is why the “board of directors” about to transform into the “governing body” had to wait until 1944 to “begin speaking about” even the term “governing body” after brother Rutherford had died. WW2 also provided the distraction period for this key transition into the budding viral error of the “governing body” injection of eventual total dictatorial authority. And by 1971 they were further aligning the “GBeocracy” “Governing Body” framework to fit the coming Daniel 8:14 interpretation adjustments of 1982-1999.)

4. WTBTS “Governing Body” Headed “Pyramid of Theocracy”

But on closer look, now in hindsight of seventy years, since after the 1944 Jehovah’s witnesses real “history of the governing body” unfolded, it was the preparation (to the “interpretation”) of the Governing Body “GBeocracy” of 1976, in reality. It actually set the “theocratic” “organizational” ground work for the “Governing Body” reigns of 1976  dictatorial power, to extend to all congregations under their supposed “theocracy” as “fulfilling prophecy everyone!”, and then to be merged after 1982 into a new version of Bethel interpretation of Daniel 8:14.

A. First Round of “Theocratic Reorganizing”—Version 1:

*** Watchtower 1959; 10/15 p. 632 par. 49 Part 24—“Your Will Be Done on Earth” ***

That was only a right beginning, for the sanctuary had to be made theocratic in all respects. Six years later The Watchtower published the article “Organization,” Part 1 in its issue of June 1, 1938, and Part 2 in its next issue of June 15. This article opened, saying: “Jehovah’s organization is in no wise democratic. Jehovah is supreme, and his government or organization is strictly theocratic.” This article also proposed a resolution for each congregation to adopt, the resolution recognizing that “God’s government is a pure theocracy” and requesting “The Society” as his visible representative to organize the congregation for God’s service and to appoint theocratically from the visible top the various servants of the congregation.—Part 2…

*** Watchtower 1959 10/1 p. 601 par. 45 Part 23—“Your Will Be Done on Earth” ***

How was Jehovah’s “sanctuary” cleansed, vindicated or restored to its rightful state by that date? Examine the official journal of Jehovah’s witnesses, The Watchtower, as of that date. Note page 319. That page sets out the Resolution adopted by the New York company of Jehovah’s witnesses on October 5, 1932. It called for a cleansing of the congregational organization, a restoring of it to the rightful state of Jehovah’s sanctuary class. How? By the ridding of the organization of “elective elders,” or elders that had been elected to the office of eldership by the stretching out of the hands of the members of the congregation in a popular or democratic election, after the political style of the ancient Greek states and the democratic Anglo-American dual world power.

What was occurring in hindsight, in this “first round of reorganization” was loss of congregational independence, for a “theocratic organization” that equated to an eventual Governing Body ruled to corporate monopoly over the WTBTS and the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry, as the eventual “second round of reorganization” merely shifted the timeframe, while retaining the previous loss of autonomy at the congregational level.

*** Watchtower 1959 10/1 pp. 601-602 par. 48 Part 23—“Your Will Be Done on Earth” ***

This Resolution was adopted by congregations of Jehovah’s witnesses throughout the earth. The announcement in the Watchtower magazine of October 15, 1932, at the end of 2,300 evenings and mornings was the official notification made by Jehovah through his visible channel of communication that his sanctuary of anointed “living stones” had been cleansed, vindicated and justified.

Hurrah! 1

Thus ends version 1 of that 2300 days first applied time frame.

B. Second Round of “Theocratic Reorganizing”—Version 2:

And thus 1982 begins the new applied time frame with the very convenient 1944 focus shift:

*** Watchtower 1982 9/15 p. 17 par. 20 The Kingdom and “a Holy Place” ***

“”To that end, a rearrangement of the work and governing structure of Jehovah’s Witnesses was initiated in 1944. The Watchtower of October 15, 1944, took as its theme “Organized for Final Work.” This and other service-oriented articles of the same period showed that the “holy place” was again in its “right condition” from Jehovah’s viewpoint.””

Hurrah! 2

For some odd reason, the Daniel 8:14 “2300 days” always ends on an October 15th, as a result of the but another “Historic Annual Meeting” of the WTBTS Pyramid of Priests forming a profanation they then cultified into the “Governing Body” as some sort of divine “cleansing” fulfilling Daniel 8:14—twice. (a blasphemous diametric opposite in reality, that is the irony of this profaning process!)

Governing Body “Theocratic” Pyramid

And the synthesis of all this error sold as “new light”?: a “theocratic” dictatorship run by the “Governing Bodied” “board of directors” atop the WTBTS Pyramid of “gradually given over” Jehovah’s witness slavery to men and diametric UN agenda. (Dan8:12)

Congregational Body Pyramid Brick

*** Watchtower 1995 5/15 p. 22 par. 7 Part 2—Flashes of Light—Great and Small ***

The Watchtower of June 1 and of June 15, 1938, contained flashes of light showing that the servants in the congregation were to be, not elected, but appointed, that is, appointed theocratically. In 1971 another flash of light showed that each congregation was not to be directed by just one congregation servant. Rather, each should have a body of elders, or overseers, assigned by the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses. So by the increasing light over some 40 years, it became evident that elders as well as deacons, now known as ministerial servants, should be appointed by “the faithful and discreet slave,” through its Governing Body.

Branch Body Pyramid Brick

*** Proclaimers chap. 9 p. 109 Jehovah’s Word Keeps Moving Speedily (1976-1992) ***

Starting January 1, 1976, all the activities of the Watch Tower Society and of the congregations of Jehovah’s Witnesses around the earth had been brought under the supervision of six administrative committees of the Governing Body. In harmony with that arrangement, on February 1, 1976, changes had been put into effect in all branch offices of the Society around the earth. No longer was each branch supervised by one branch overseer, but three or more mature men served as a Branch Committee, with one member serving as the permanent coordinator. After the committees had been operating for some months, the Governing Body observed: “It has proved beneficial to have a number of brothers taking counsel together to consider the interests of the Kingdom work.”

Or, in other words “Starting January 1, 1976, all the activities of the Watch Tower Society and of the congregations of Jehovah’s Witnesses around the earth had been brought under the supervision of… the Governing Body.

What had formed was a top down GB ministerial “board of directors” dictatorship, gradually but steadily formed since 1944 and its “governing body” cloak and “theocratic” mission, which in time equated to more and more “top down” control (Dan8:12) sold to Jehovah’s witnesses as “Theocracy” in “flashes of light”, with a capstone of time delayed blasphemy:

*** Watchtower 2001 1/15 p. 16 par. 20 Overseers and Ministerial Servants Theocratically Appointed ***

In this time of spiritual prosperity and theocratic increase in the Kingdom-preaching activity, we are thankful that Jehovah is primarily responsible for the appointment of overseers and ministerial servants.

In reality men under the broad cloak of “Theocracy” and the specific “Governing Body” dictatorial entity are involved with the furtherance of the controlled transformation of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry since especially 1944, into a top down monopoly of misplaced Jehovah’s witnesses’ trust, faith and resources—and especially “obedience” to the “theocratic organization” and its top controllers.

*** Watchtower 2013 11/15; pg. 20, par. 17, #3): ***

“”Elders who are reading this article can draw some useful conclusions from the account we have just considered:…

[And sandwiched into the admonishment:]

(3) At that time, the lifesaving direction that we receive from Jehovah’s organization may not appear practical from a human standpoint. All of us must be ready to obey any instructions we may receive, whether these appear sound from a strategic or human standpoint or not. 

We can emphasize again, that the terminus of the Bethel final Daniel 8:14 “2300 days” waffle version is the very year, 1944, that the parallel “governing body” term also emerges. From 1944 everything in parallel “Theocracy” WTBTS development, in time, converges into the “Governing Body” top of the modern JW Pyramid of Override. It is then converged and fused into Daniel 8:14, twice, for good measure, in a quagmire of a “Bethel interpretation” finally summed up in the 1999 “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” book, which most Jehovah’s witnesses would rather, and thus do, ignore.

Yet now the actual parallel development of this modern “operation of error” is of great significance! (2Thess2:11-12)

(2 Thessalonians 2:11-12) So that is why God lets an operation of error go to them, that they may get to believing the lie, 12 in order that they all may be judged because they did not believe the truth but took pleasure in unrighteousness.

Magical—Yet Nearly Secret—1944, and the Bethel Transformation

Now let us see the post 1944 trek to an Illegal Governing Body Dictatorship since 1944 first mentioning of the term among Jehovah’s witnesses:

1. “Theocracy Restored” 1944!!

*** Daniel’s Prophecy 1999; chap. 10 p. 178 par. 26 Who Can Stand Against the Prince of Princes? ***

“”With the publication of clarified Biblical requirements, theocratic organization was soon more fully installed in the congregations of Jehovah’s Witnesses.”” (1932-44)

*** Watchtower 1982 9/15 p. 17 par. 20 The Kingdom and “a Holy Place” ***

“”To that end, a rearrangement of the work and governing structure of Jehovah’s Witnesses was initiated in 1944. The Watchtower of October 15, 1944, took as its theme “Organized for Final Work.” This and other service-oriented articles of the same period showed that the “holy place” was again in its “right condition” from Jehovah’s viewpoint.””

Now here is the fully shifted condensed modern Bethel 1999 version of the timing of the 2300 days:

*** Daniel’s Prophecy 1999; chap. 10 pp. 177-178 par. 26 Who Can Stand Against the Prince of Princes? ***

“”For “the holy place” to be “brought,” or restored, to what it should be, the 2,300 days must have begun when it previously was in the “right condition” from God’s standpoint. At the earliest, this was on June 1, 1938, when The Watchtower published part 1 of the article “Organization.” Part 2 appeared in the issue of June 15, 1938. Counting 2,300 days (6 years, 4 months, and 20 days on the Hebrew calendar) from June 1 or 15, 1938, brings us to October 8 or 22, 1944. On the first day of a special assembly held at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, U.S.A., on September 30 and October 1, 1944, the Watch Tower Society’s president spoke on the subject “The Theocratic Alignment Today.” At the annual corporate meeting on October 2, the Society’s charter was amended in an effort to bring it as close to a theocratic arrangement as the law would allow. With the publication of clarified Biblical requirements, theocratic organization was soon more fully installed in the congregations of Jehovah’s Witnesses.””

To read the full detail of the (publicly known) changes of “Round 1” (1926-1932), it starts in chapter 9 on page 188 of  the “Your Will Be Done” book, or WT Library (WT 1958-1961 “Your Will Be Done” Part1-40 series; Part 23-24):

http://www.strictlygenteel.co.uk/yourwill/1958YourWill.pdf

(Recall, Fred Franz was applying the 2300 days from 1926 to 1932. (As we see it shifted to 1938 to 1944, in the 1982 Watchtower and the eventual 1999 Daniel book, to align with WW2 events to make it all more “real looking”, as they still retained the “organizational adjustments” that emerged in 1932-1938.

The WW2 event and era provided a well known context in which to couch and stall all of Daniel 8 and 11 which is actually Cold War era 3rd United Nations emergent prophecy of Daniel 8:11-14; 23-25, and Daniel 11:30-40 that culminated in the 1990 3rd United nations global presentation in their “New World Order” campaign;

To see what resulted in Round 2 (1938-1944), keep reading, as the “Governing Body” is then made more and more and more prominent since its 1944 first peep of the very word “governing body” at Bethel and in the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry.

Since that Watchtower of December 1971 was preparing the “Governing Body” capitalized and soon-to-be dictatorial term for this nice “transition” to full “theocracy” ruled by the Governing Body, we now see the convergence of it all, to highlight their eventual illegal dictatorship as if that was a “purified sanctuary” based on a mundane corporation and its various “charter adjustments” to aid “theocratic alignment today”.

2. Slick “Already Waiting” 1944 Governing Body Term Connection; More “Adjustments”

*** Watchtower 1971 12/15 pp. 755-756 A Governing Body as Different from a Legal Corporation ***

“”The official magazine of Jehovah’s Christian witnesses is The Watchtower Announcing Jehovah’s Kingdom. In the year 1944 the Watchtower magazine BEGAN TO SPEAK about the governing body of the Christian congregation.””

Now if we pay attention to the shift to 1938-1944 “rationale”, and this WTBTS “adopted six resolutions amending its charter” event of 1944 as previously now connected to Daniel 8:14 “Round 1” “cause and effect”, we see the “governing body”, ready since 1944, was to take on more and more meaning in time.

A. 1971 was the time to capitalize their title to “Governing Body” and properly position for the 1976 Bethel coup AND to make more “organizational adjustments” as if Daniel 8:14 fulfilled (again), recently enabled by that said Daniel 8:14 timeframe shift forward to 1938-1944, since that first 1932 justified period, also using the “Daniel 8:14 “right condition”, AGAIN, as the justification rationale for this second round of application.

*** Watchtower 2001 1/15 p. 28 How the Governing Body Differs From a Legal Corporation ***

“”A Historic Annual Meeting

At the annual meeting held on October 2, 1944, in Pittsburgh, the members of the Pennsylvania corporation adopted six resolutions amending its charter. The charter had provided that voting shares be issued to contributors of funds to the Society’s work, but the third amendment eliminated that provision. A report on that annual meeting noted: “Membership in the Society will be limited to not more than 500 Each one chosen must be a full-time servant of the Society or a part-time servant of a company [congregation] of Jehovah’s witnesses and must show the spirit of the Lord.” Thereafter, directors of the Society were to be voted into office by individuals who were fully devoted to Jehovah, irrespective of the amount of money that they contributed to advance the Kingdom work.

That is now MORE control over the organization, to build upon the 1932 “adjustments”. (And who knows about the “charter adjustments” and “amendments” that are not mentioned in print.)

B. That was also the time, 1944, when the word “governing body” was even uttered at Bethel, for the first time:

*** Watchtower 1971 12/15 pp. 755-756 A Governing Body as Different from a Legal Corporation ***

“”The official magazine of Jehovah’s Christian witnesses is The Watchtower Announcing Jehovah’s Kingdom. In the year 1944 the Watchtower magazine began to speak about the governing body of the Christian congregation.””

*** Watchtower 1990 3/15 p. 17 par. 9 Cooperating With the Governing Body Today ***

There were legal requirements involved in publishing magazines and other Bible study aids. Hence, the Watch Tower Bible and Tract Society was set up and registered in the state of Pennsylvania, U.S.A. For years (actually since 1944-1976), the visible Governing Body came to be identified with the seven-member board of directors of this corporation established to publish the Bible study aids needed and used by the Lord’s people earth wide.

C. And now the imagined “line” between the “Governing Body” and the “Board of Directors” was blurred, though up to that point they were in fact the very same entity. Now Bethel divined two terms, one to fit the top of their “Governing Body” headed “Pyramid of Theocracy”, and one for the same “Board of Directors”, though they were the same thing:

*** Watchtower 1971 12/15 p. 755 A Governing Body as Different from a Legal Corporation ***

At this meeting a question came up and was discussed from the platform. It was as to what the relationship is between the Board of Directors of the Society as a legal corporation and the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Christian witnesses. Are they the same, identical, or are they different? Such questions were due to the fact that it has been published in print that the Governing Body of Jehovah’s witnesses at headquarters is associated with the Board of Directors of the said Society. How did this come about, and does this make the Board of Directors the same as the Governing Body of Jehovah’s witnesses all the earth around?

Of course the question “How did this come about” will not be fully answered.

And in just 27 years, between 1944 and 1976, from the first “governing body” concept and term uttered in the Jehovah’s Witnesses ministry, to 1971, the “board of directors” (the original cell and locale of all prior WTBTS insurrections; 1897; 1917), now merged into the “Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses” dictatorial setup for 1976, as if they were always there in that form of dictatorial authority.

By the time of at most 2001, the “Theocracy” included many “Shadow Boards” unknown to most Jehovah’s witnesses:

*** Watchtower 2001 1/15 p. 31 A Special Announcement ***

Brother Barr told the audience that recently certain members of the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses who had been serving as directors and officers voluntarily stepped aside from the boards of directors of all the corporations used by “the faithful and discreet slave” in the United States. Responsible brothers of the other sheep class were elected as replacements.

3. 1944 to 1976 Places the Governing Body as the “Theocracy”

*** Proclaimers chap. 9 p. 109 Jehovah’s Word Keeps Moving Speedily (1976-1992) ***

Starting January 1, 1976, all the activities of the Watch Tower Society and of the congregations of Jehovah’s Witnesses around the earth had been brought under the supervision of six administrative committees of the Governing Body. In harmony with that arrangement, on February 1, 1976, changes had been put into effect in all branch offices of the Society around the earth. No longer was each branch supervised by one branch overseer, but three or more mature men served as a Branch Committee, with one member serving as the permanent coordinator. After the committees had been operating for some months, the Governing Body observed: “It has proved beneficial to have a number of brothers taking counsel together to consider the interests of the Kingdom work.

So what we have is The Governing Body DICTATORSHIP 1944-1971 and the filling of its cascading “Tool Box” of “Theocratic Organization” authority, that was being well prepared for 1976, by full preparatory install in the WT charter since 1932 and 1944, by a circuitous route that then converged with the “Theocratic Organization” “purification” “right condition” of Daniel 8:14’s interpretive mythology of Bethel, all magically equating to the handy 1944 date from the hand of Bethel’s various purpose alchemists and error misled associates. (Dan11:32a)

Then they take those polluting and idolatrous changes and claim they are “bringing the sanctuary into the right condition” every time, by this “new arrangement” of ministerial management, that eventually then led to the 1976 GB Bethel Dictatorship, to “fulfill Daniel 8:14” as fully reworked from 1971 Governing Body and the “1944” preparation for the 1982 to 1999 “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” book final version of this fiction. The whole GB Burrito is now all amalgamated into one utterly profaned JW-Org Super Taco, sold to Jehovah’s witnesses as the “right condition”, yet again:

*** Daniel’s Prophecy 1999; chap. 10 p. 179 par. 29 Who Can Stand Against the Prince of Princes? ***

“”The enemy’s vicious attempts to desolate and destroy “the holy place” had failed completely. Indeed, the remaining “holy ones” on earth, along with their companions of the “great crowd,” had come off victorious. (Revelation 7:9) And the sanctuary, in its rightful theocratic state, now continues to render sacred service to Jehovah.””

But the Daniel prophecy states they are successful at this profanation action:

(Daniel 8:12) And an army itself was gradually given over, together with the constant [feature], because of transgression; and it kept throwing truth to the earth, and it acted and had success.

So the SUCCESS is Jehovah’s witnesses accepting this gradually developed and applied “new arrangement” action, as if “the enemy’s vicious attempts to desolate and destroy “the holy place” had failed completely”. They merely have SUCCESSFULLY INFILTRATED the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry for now, under such an effective subterfuge. “Utterly failed” is not the true state of the diversion operation inside of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry now “gradually given over” to a successful full subversion at this late stage of maturity.

And Daniel 11 provides the parallel and source of this organized “theocratic” wrapped profanation process:

(Daniel 11:30-31) “And he (8th King/King North) will actually go back and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively (produces a successful operation Dan8:12b); and he (8th King) will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant. (anointed core defection at Bethel aids internal 8th King access) 31 (Bethel subversion:) And there will be arms that will stand up (at Bethel; Dan11:41; Luke21:20), proceeding from him (8th King planners);  and they (collusion) will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature].

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant (at Bethel), he (8th King/King North) will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. (The Bethel “smooth words” and gradual subversion in the 8th King WT cover-up in the JW publications is part of the smoothly justified apostasy of modern Jehovah’s witnesses);

===
So, the opposite “unright condition” is what formed since that 1944 milestone period of forming apostasy, now “adjusted” to fit Daniel 8:14 as well as a total blasphemous claim by the WTBTS and its 1944-1976 Governing Body invention.
===

*** Watchtower 1982 9/15 p. 17 par. 20 The Kingdom and “a Holy Place” ***

“To that end, a rearrangement of the work and governing structure of Jehovah’s Witnesses was initiated in 1944.”

Thus, in reality, the 1944 borne “governing body” profanation was also being born with enough time in the Jehovah’s witnesses “gradually given over” ministry to appear as if “the way it always was” to today’s Jehovah’s witnesses. AS IF since 1884, in this 1946 statement:

*** Let God Be True 1946; ch. 17 ***

“”In 1884 the legal servant body of this international association was incorporated under Pennsylvania law. That non-profit corporation, Watch Tower Bible and Tract Society, and the governing body of Jehovah’s witnesses have been inseparably associated ever since.“”

See how Bethel just slips it all “and the governing body have been inseparably associated” in, as if it was all always there, since 1884? In 1946 they pulled that trick, to present what is an up to then non-existent “governing body”, by such smooth association to the “legal servant” “body” of the whole corporation.

“…AND the governing body of Jehovah’s witnesses have been inseparably associated ever since [1884]”

Which is a TOTAL LIE. (Ironic the title of that book; “Let God Be True”, and all men liars!)

(Romans 3:3-4) What, then, [is the case]? If some did not express faith, will their lack of faith perhaps make the faithfulness of God without effect? 4 Never may that happen! But let God be found true, though every man be found a liar, even as it is written: “That you might be proved righteous in your words and might win when you are being judged.”

But after that sleight of hand had past, modern Jehovah’s witnesses are now just shifted to the Acts 15 “governing body” fictional wrapper, as the “first century governing body precedent”, which “slipped in” by these various diversions. (Jude 4-5)

All of Christendom’s boards and synods do the same thing and use the same “governing body” generic controlling entity, device and “apostolic” rationale implied or explicit. But Acts 15:1-35 is where the modern cloaking rational shifted after Bethel successfully pulled off that “since 1884” stunt, first. Now Jehovah’s witnesses have totally forgotten the real reality of what actually formed in 1944, just two years after Rutherford’s guard ceased in 1942, in his death.

(In fact the “Governing Body” concept basis and purpose goes all the way back to Babel:

“”The Mystery Religions each had their secret councils which ruled them, and these councils themselves came under the guidance of a secret supreme Grand Council or Governing Body.””

http://www.whale.to/b/sp/bl.html

Thus the very core element of the Babel Religious System, is the very heart of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry now!)

Now the Bethel “Governing Body” Babel- Catholic DNA hierarchical sibling, starts to found its own rationalization of concealing the same kind of hierarchy that would spring up from these early 1940s roots and foundation of the same structure of ministerial domination:

*** Theocratic Aid To Kingdom Publishers 1945 p. 299 Lesson 76 ***

The Rise of the Roman Catholic Hierarchy

“”The organization and development of the Roman Catholic Hierarchy dates from the time of the launching of fusion religion by the Roman emperor Constantine in A.D. 325. It does not date from nor have its source in the original governing body of the apostles. All such claims to apostolic succession and origin are false, and the Hierarchy’s structure is grossly contrary to the original Theocratic organization as established by Christ Jesus.””

But Bethel makes the same claim by the same association:

*** Watchtower 2013; 7/15 pg. 18, par. 12 ***

“”The channel he used for spiritual feeding was clearly recognizable. After all, the apostles—the original members of the governing body—could provide visible proof of heavenly backing.””


Thus what did slip in was the “governing body” error itself (Jude4; 2Thess2:11-12), that the Christendom “hierarchy” has been using for centuries:

Pulpit Commentary (Acts 15:2)

“”The apostles and elders. This phrase marks the constitution of the governing part of the Church of Jerusalem.””

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges (Acts 15:2)

“”These with the elders appear now as the governing body of the infant church.””

http://biblehub.com/commentaries/acts/15-2.htm

“”In the beginning of Christendom, early Christianity was a religion spread in the Greek/Roman world and beyond as a 1st-century Jewish sect, which historians refer to as Jewish Christianity. It may be divided into two distinct phases: the apostolic period, when the first apostles were alive and organizing the Church, and the post-apostolic period, when an early episcopal structure developed, whereby bishoprics were governed by bishops (overseers).””

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Christendom#Early_Christendom

“”The episcopate is the collective body of all the bishops of a church.””

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Historical_episcopate

” The immediate governing body of each church was a college of presbyteri, who possessed the power of the priesthood only – not that of the episcopate.”

https://books.google.com/books?id=0BZJAQAAMAAJ&pg=PA640&lpg=PA640&dq=%22The+immediate+governing+body+of+each+church+was+a+college

Thus Bethel employs a modified version of cloaking terms and misapplied prophecy wrappers, with a quick diversion to “Christendom’s clergy apostasy” when the “clergy” is defined by the same “governing body” concept, with the same false claims as Bethel’s.

Yet all of it is just more mere claims of Bethel’s “Governing Body’s” own dictatorial development, with the very same basic justification concealing it all in both the Catholic and Bethel systems, which is what formed into Bethel’s “clergy” distraction, when Bethel is now the same hierarchical clergy under a different naming and “theocratic” rationale cover—same thing, same subversion reached today.

Except Bethel also uses prophecy to parallel their hierarchy’s justification, and has had a massive momentum of modern truth in which to couch their error to modern lie development (2Thess2:11-12) based on an original error in much the same manner, and by the same “governing body” device, as Christendom’s own prior devolution into apostasy and compounding error.

Ultimately it is now completely the same apostate objective overall.

*** Theocratic Aid To Kingdom Publishers 1945 p. 334 Lesson 85 ***

The Hierarchy’s Organization Structure

“”The Roman Catholic Hierarchy today stands as the most powerful single religious structure in the earth. In its internal re-organization since the staggering blow of the Protestant Reformation four centuries ago, the Roman Hierarchy has welded together the world’s most autocratic organization. Now this formidable body is making its all-out twentieth-century bid for universal domination. It is pushing for recognition as a spiritual overlord and super ruling organization over the nations of the earth. What is its modern structure? Is this colossus built upon Christian foundations? Is its organization Theocratic, God-ruled?

From the very founding of Catholic fusion religion the Theocratic form of organization was abandoned for episcopal and hierarchic priest rule. The rock foundations of true Christianity, Jehovah God and Christ Jesus, were quickly set aside for the sands of Babylonish traditions. Jesus’ principles, “all ye are brethren” and “one fold”, were ignored in favor of a priesthood along pagan lines, thus creating a ruling class and a ruled class. Thus has come into existence the “Catholic population”. They have no voice in ruling matters, nor are they even counted members of the Catholic Church organization. They are merely the supporters of a gigantic clergy ruling organization.””

It is all sounding the same today among Jehovah’s witnesses:

The Bethel Hierarchy’s Organization Structure

“”The Jehovah’s Witnesses Hierarchy today stands as a powerful religious structure in the earth. In its internal re-organization since 1944, the Bethel Hierarchy has welded together the world’s most “theocratic” organization. Now this formidable body is making its all-out twenty-first-century bid for Jehovah’s witnesses domination. It is pushing for recognition as a spiritual overlord and super ruling organization over the nation of Jehovah’s witnesses. What is its modern structure? Is this colossus built upon Christian foundations? Is its organization Theocratic, God-ruled?

From the very founding of Bethel corporate fusion religion the Theocratic form of organization wording was adopted in lieu of episcopal and hierarchic priest rule terminology. The rock foundations of true Christianity, Jehovah God and Christ Jesus, were quickly set aside for the sands of Christendom’s corporate hierarchical traditions. Jesus’ principles, “all ye are brethren” and “one fold”, were ignored in favor of a priesthood along corporate structural lines, thus creating a ruling class and a ruled class of Jehovah’s witnesses. Thus has come into existence the “JW population”. They have no voice in ruling matters, nor are they even counted members of the Bethel “Watchtower Society” organization. They are merely the supporters of a gigantic clergy ruling organization.””


Of course, in modern reality of Bethel’s “creating a ruling class” and the Jehovah’s witnesses “ruled class” corporate and ministerial hierarchy, it is now the same thing, a “hierarchic priest rule” under updated terminology to fit apostate Bethel’s apostate-cloned agenda. The new cloaking terms include the supposed “Theocracy”, the collective “Governing Body” as the cloak for a collective “Pope” “papal body”, and various labels and justifications any religion can use to give credibility to their own “governing bodies“, “papacies” and “synods”.

Along with this neo-papacy came the Bethel 1976 version of a New Inquisition, in which a JW system of excommunication overkill was designed ultimately to protect the Governing Body forming power of 1976 and to silence any feedback from expelled former “members of the congregation”. It also served the distracting goals of focusing Jehovah’s witnesses life around fear and guilt, gnat straining minutia, arbitrary rules and uniformity directives equating to a Bethel Law Covenant, to go along with their Korah “Moses” Governing Body priesthood. It also developed to ridiculous proportions of Enforced Shunning to even disrupt familial ties, isolate, eject and ultimately muffle “weak sheep”, while becoming a global stumbling device of global infamy.

The ultimate goal? Protect the Governing Body dictatorship and minimize any possible exposure of the real takeover development to external congregation information development that could have disrupted this dictatorial development. Yet the worse stumbling policies, such as harboring and concealing pedophiles in their midst, all developed with the Governing Body method of “oversight”. Like a chili produced by 7 to 18 cooks in the “Committee of Chefs”, the JW “truth” has now been tainted by ingredients only palpable to those who have been eating the mess the longest.

(Revelation 8:10-11) And the third angel blew his trumpet. (temple judgment alarm explanations) And a great star burning as a lamp fell from heaven (those leaving the holy covenant at Bethel. Dan11:30-32), and it fell upon a third of the rivers and upon the fountains of waters. (Bethel’s teachings are polluted, profanation of Daniel 11:31a, Dan8:12, Zech3:1-3) 11 And the name of the star is called Wormwood. (the whole “evil slave” “man of lawlessness” Bethel and Governing Body misled JW “earth” system and ministry) And a third of the waters turned into wormwood, and many of the men died from the waters, because these had been made bitter. (the effects of the Bethel apostasy are spiritually toxic);

(2 Peter 2:1-3) However, there also came to be false prophets among the people, as there will also be false teachers among you. These very ones will quietly bring in destructive sects and will disown even the owner that bought them, bringing speedy destruction upon themselves. 2 Furthermore, many will follow their acts of loose conduct, and on account of these the way of the truth will be spoken of abusively. 3 Also, with covetousness they will exploit you with counterfeit words. But as for them, the (real Daniel 8:13-14) judgment from of old is not moving slowly, and the destruction of them is not slumbering.

The Governing Body is fulfilling prophecy alright! Apostasy prophecy.

But in fact because their is a foundational truth to expose prophetic World Government development by the 8th King King North final global power system, this Circus of GB Clowns has arisen in time, to attempt to subvert the ministry (as explicitly foretold in Daniel 8 and 11) and to seed in stumbling and “abusive talk” in the anti-JW global context of controversy developing. All of it eclipsing the former Jehovah’s witnesses and anointed Christian ministry and true spiritual progress all in retrograde decline.

The entire nature and focus of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry has now been morphed into the Governing Body Show diversion into scandal, confusions, contradictions and real criminal activity, as well as spiritual crimes piling clear to heaven.

In this case, the Bethel version of a Modern Neo-Papacy is nominally modified to install the same hierarchy under that wording cover. Then, further, uniquely prophetically couched to fit the modern WTBTS version of the same top down controlling entity ruling from the same generic authoritarian corporate and ministerial hierarchical basic structure now “created” for Jehovah’s witnesses by this overall GB Abomination.

Then came the obedience directives early on as the “organization” slips in beside and then over God and Christ as an “authority” Jehovah’s witnesses must be “in proper submission thereto” and “subject to” as a “refuge”:

*** Organizations Instructions For the Kingdom Publisher Effective October 1, 1945 ***

“”For dispensing this knowledge to the spiritually hungry ones Christ Jesus, on coming to the temple for judgment in 1918, appointed a tried “faithful and wise servant”. (Matt. 24: 45-47) This servant is “The Society”, that is to say, the association of all the remnant of Christ’s anointed body members, which association acts through its visible governing body under Christ Jesus, the Head of the “servant” or “Society”. The Society is Theocratic, because subject to its Head Christ Jesus and guided by the spirit which Jehovah God poured out upon it by Christ Jesus, and also because it acts and decides through its visible governing body. (Col. 1:18; Acts 2: 17, 18) The Society is the visible part of Jehovah’s Theocratic organization under Christ Jesus, and the Lord’s “other sheep” take refuge under that Theocratic organization and are subject to it. They assist in the work of the visible part of the organization, in proper submission thereto. (Isa. 61: 5, 6) Recognizing the forward movement of Jehovah’s Theocratic organization, his faithful servants upon the earth want to keep apace with it by making greater proclamation of the glorious Kingdom by letting their light shine. — Matt. 5: 14-16, A.S.V.””

Which “glorious Kingdom” might that be? What Kingdom has this all morphed into? The “Organization” perhaps?

*** Watchtower 2015; 7/15 p. 9 par. 13 Work to Enhance the Spiritual Paradise ***

“”Regardless of how long we have been in the truth, we must tell others about Jehovah’s organization.””

And as we see in 1982-1999, they then fully aligned it all with Daniel 8:14, as if the “Theocracy Ruled by the Governing Body Illegal Priesthood” is now the Daniel 8:14 purified “right condition” met; when the exact opposite condition is what was forming at that time and since 1944 as the “Governing Body” concept and entity is actually the core cell of spreading profanation and “gradually given over” ministerial corruption. (Dan8:12; 2Thess2:3-4)

*** Watchtower 1982; 9/15 p. 17 par. 20 The Kingdom and “a Holy Place” ***

“”The Watchtower of October 15, 1944, took as its theme “Organized for Final Work.” This and other service-oriented articles of the same period showed that the “holy place” was again in its “right condition” from Jehovah’s viewpoint.””

And it is also now the “holy place”, everything spiritual and of actual Biblical and divine meaning has now converged into the mundane and profaned “Theocratic Organization” idol of faith diversion.

(Exodus 32:1) Meanwhile the people got to see that Moses was taking a long time about coming down from the mountain. So the people congregated themselves about Aaron and said to him: “Get up, make for us a god who will go ahead of us, because as regards this Moses, the man who led us up out of the land of Egypt, we certainly do not know what has happened to him.”

(Numbers 16:1-3) And Korah the son of Izhar, the son of Kohath, the son of Levi, proceeded to get up, together with Dathan and Abiram the sons of Eliab, and On the son of Peleth, the sons of Reuben. 2 And they proceeded to rise up before Moses, they and two hundred and fifty men of the sons of Israel, chieftains of the assembly, summoned ones of the meeting, men of fame. 3 So they congregated themselves against Moses and Aaron and said to them: “That is enough of you, because the whole assembly are all of them holy and Jehovah is in their midst. Why, then, should you lift yourselves up above the congregation of Jehovah?”

Well now the Korah Governing Body and their Bethel “Golden Calf” is “Organized for Final Work” alright, the work of foretold apostasy and “throwing the established place down”. (Dan11:41; Dan8:11) Might as well add one more centerpiece of idolatry to the Bethel pantheon: The UN NGO, before they go.

See also:

*** Watchtower 1971; 12/1 p. 711 Bringing the Holy Place into Right Condition ***
*** Watchtower 1971; 12/1 p. 717 What Its “Right Condition” Means for Us Today ***

4. 1990 UN NGO

And of course it did not take long after 1976, just 15 years, to get to Fred Franz’ death (1992), and the well timed 1991 UN NGO catastrophe, while concealing the meaning of that 1990 3rd United Nations event of Daniel 11:31b, Daniel 8:23a at the same time.

Now Daniel 8 and 11 continue to be bypassed by the context of the WW2 fictions used to form the above transformation to a Governing Body of Apostasy ruled, supposedly still anointed Christian, now fully derailed Jehovah’s witnesses and anointed Christian ministry.

This entire subversion was was then fully concreted in by the 1993 Jehovah’s Witnesses—Proclaimers of God’s Kingdom book of 1990 diversion; 750 pages of pure “Organizational Idolatry Bible” to distract Jehovah’s witnesses from the post 1990 global developments regarding the United Nations 3rd presentation.

Not to mention a fabrication of actual Jehovah’s witnesses ministerial history to fit this post 1944 agenda.

The 1999 “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” book finalization of the take over was then released so that Daniel prophecy would not be revisited as the fall of the USSR would dictate the need to do, as Jehovah’s witnesses fully IGNORE Daniel 8 and 11 reality as it merely continues the 1958 version of premature errors.

In reality Matthew 24:15 is present in this UN NGO “sighting” placed at Apostate Bethel in the 1990 period of the 3rd United Nations global presentation:

(Matthew 24:15-16) “Therefore, when you catch sight of the (UN NGO; Dan11:31) disgusting thing that causes desolation, as spoken of through Daniel the prophet (modern Dan11:31 “disgusting thing that causes desolation” as parallel of Dan8:13 “transgression causing desolation”), standing in a holy place (in the claimant anointed Christian “constant feature” ministry as UN NGO), (let the reader use discernment,) 16 then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains. (Because the JW Bethel desolation judgment for that UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” is near; 1Pet4:17; Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5);

5. Final “Seating Themselves” as Lifted Up” Modern “Man of Lawlessness”

(2 Thessalonians 2:3-4) Let no one seduce you in any manner, because it will not come unless the apostasy comes first and the man of lawlessness gets revealed, the son of destruction. 4 He is set in opposition and lifts himself up over everyone who is called “god” or an object of reverence, so that he sits down in the temple of The God, publicly showing himself to be a god.

In October of 2012, at the WTBTS Annual Meeting, the “Governing Body is the “faithful and discreet slave”” pinnacle SIGNAL blasphemy of this whole folly finally emerged publicly, before the globe, as the modern “man of lawlessness” sign:

*** Watchtower 2013; 7/15 p. 22 par. 10 Who Really Is the Faithful and Discreet Slave? ***

“”Who, then, is the faithful and discreet slave? In keeping with Jesus’ pattern of feeding many through the hands of a few, that slave is made up of a small group of anointed brothers who are directly involved in preparing and dispensing spiritual food during Christ’s presence. Throughout the last days, the anointed brothers who make up the faithful slave have served together at headquarters. In recent decades, that slave has been closely identified with the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses.””

This a noteworthy global public event “publicly showing himself” in self-glorification because every former “anointed class” from the apostles to 1919 is demoted for the Governing Body’s own self approving “judgment” of “lifting themselves over everyone”, premature of the final divine determination (Matt24:45-51; Matt25:1-13), which all of this subverting profanation is actually and logically leading to. (1Pet4:17; Dan8:13-14) The Governing Body are now “seated” on the “Throne” of their own “Bethel Kingdom”.

In reality this marks the final “lifting themselves over everyone” self glorification stunt to mark this modern apostate Bethel signal portion of what is a finalizing Governing Body “seated” global-public blasphemy among a claimant anointed Christian “Temple” “of the God” “locale” and ministry in globally public manner. It was so globally public, the world made the GB=FDS “big announcement” in October of 2012 from “another historic Annual Meeting” before the general Jehovah’s witnesses population was informed in July of 2013! JWs were the last to know of this “no light” sold as “new light”.

Thus for them to also cover up real UN prophecy in final stages of world government development is part of their overall subversion objective as the real apostasy to trigger a major prophetic temple judgment is in the leadership.
And to add to the suspense and smokescreen of distraction, Bethel also employs their own prelude “end of the world” deception of premature expectation, to cap this all off as undeniable:

(2 Thessalonians 2:1-2) However, brothers, respecting the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ and our being gathered together to him, we request of you 2 not to be quickly shaken from your reason nor to be excited either through an inspired expression or through a verbal message or through a letter as though from us, to the effect that the day of Jehovah is here. (premature of reality)

That is why their apostasy is what is revealed, judged and fully globally exposed well before even World Government, thus well before Christ arrival for final gathering purposes first and thus well before the real end. The premature “end” delusion is Bethel’s main JW delusion of modern usage.

(2 Thessalonians 2:3-4) 3 Let no one seduce you in any manner (such as apostate Bethel), because it will not come unless the (final) apostasy (Dan11:32a) comes first and the man of lawlessness gets revealed, the son of destruction. (now present at “disgusting thing” partnered Bethel) 4 He is set in opposition and lifts himself up over everyone who is called “god” or an object of reverence, so that he sits down in the temple of The God, publicly showing himself to be a god. (not only is the “Governing Body” 1976 coup a “lift up”; their current “we alone are the faithful slave” fiasco is the pinnacle of such “lifted up” blasphemy “in the temple” association.)

And that apostasy, is this apostasy parallel at “King North” led Bethel:

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant
(at Bethel), he (8th King/King North) will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. (The Bethel “smooth words” 8th King cover-up in the JW publications is part of the smoothly justified apostasy, such as that shown here in this article);

====
Reality Check: Turn On the Bethel Apostasy Prophecy Radar

And now the Bethel “Governing Body” “all seeing eye” of “light” has the blasphemous audacity to claim all this subversion and illegal authority is what has “purified” the “sanctuary” to its “right condition” to cap of Daniel 8:13-14 for Jehovah’s witnesses, as if “all fulfilled brothers!”.

In addition to all the profaning, God, Christ and Christian demoting activities of a diversion that spotlights and gives service and ultimate authority to a pyramidal style “Governing Body” cascading over an enslaved “Egypt” style “nation of Jehovah’s witnesses”, as the WTBTS “Theocratic Organization” “JW Org Sphinx” idol has formed in the process; there is something worse, as built by this self same “Governing Body” Pharaoh Pyramid Architects—the United Nations of Non Governmental Organizations “non-kingdom” membership of the WTBTS Bethel system in that 1991 Capstone of Apostasy for the global record. (Matt24:15; Matt13:36-42)

Thus what Bethel claims is the “purified” “right condition” of Daniel 8:14 is the diametric opposite apostasy forming domination structure of the modern “UNright condition” (Dan11:32a) which is what is now required to be “cleansed” in a yet to come final divine action that will fulfill the real Daniel 8:13-14 decree and timed Temple Judgment of modern times in the future.

How God does the true “right condition” development is unknown in detail, but that He will is certain (Dan11:41; Zech3:1-5; Mal3:1-5; Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5). Why, is now getting more and more obvious to Jehovah’s witnesses paying close attention to especially the latest GB stunts and waffle jobs.

In reality the modern Temple Judgment of Daniel 8:13-14 is yet to come

This modern Temple Judgment phase (Rev8, final fulfillment) will be timed (Dan8:14) and phased (Dan8:26) for future full verification far more precise and of far greater shaking context (Dan11:41) than the supposed “purifications” Bethel and its Governing Body Sausage of Pyramidal “Theocracy”. It will be of truly “Prophetic Proportions”.


How the UN NGO is the Real Daniel 8:13 “Transgression Causing Desolation” to Bethel, Soon

The 1990 3rd United Nations post Cold War global presentation of the Daniel 11:31b “disgusting thing that causes desolation” is connected in more than wording to the “transgression causing desolation“, here, in the below section, is how it connects to Bethel’s UN NGO “disgusting thing” placement version. (Matt24:15)

(Daniel 8:13) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the (profaned) constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation (UN NGO alliance of Daniel 11:31b), to make both [the] holy place (temple “established place”; Dan8:11) and [the] (JW worldwide) army things to trample on?” (first 8th King “trampling” “attack” defining the spiritual meaning of the “tribulation of those days” beginning);

In reality, while “theocratic organization” was being set in stone as actually “rule by a powerful [Masonic] priesthood” forming since 1944, which was to in time be filled by the Governing Body title capitalization of 1971 to the assumed full Bethel Governing Body led dictatorship of 1976 first notable full “lift up”, that profanation would lead in time, just fifteen years, to the 1991 3rd United Nations “New World Order” sponsoring WTBTS UN NGO, sealing of the deal.

And now in hindsight, the changes that did occur actually were in time used to strengthen the Bethel iron fist grip as if “theocratic organization” upon the individual congregational hierarchical appointments in a “gradually given over” form of progressive steps to span the whole organizational control structure from the congregations, to the branches, to Bethel and the WTBTS Governing Body total control. (Which WTBTS “charter adjustments” (to aid the “Governing Body” parallel maturation), you can research in connection with the history of the Bethel attempt to “interpret” Daniel 8:13-14 to cloak the takeover steps.)

Now if we see what happened in 1976 as a third “board of directors” challenge of the authority of the president (1897, Russell; 1917, Rutherford; 1976, Knorr), as all Watchtower presidents up to and including Knorr were challenged for WTBTS and ministry control, successful against Knorr (1976), then the progressive dictatorial additions of those 1932 and 1944 “charter adjustments” were then used to further the eventual full top down parallel Governing Body dictatorial agenda, as finally the “board of directors”, aka the “governing body” to “Governing Body” (1971), seized control for good, in 1976.

That then led to the UN NGO of 1991. All coincidence?

Now the real UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” epicenter of judgment, and the real required “right condition” context (Dan11:41) of coming Daniel 8:13 “trampling” developments, can be met in final Governing Body coup events to come in the future on the “Worldwide Organization of Jehovah’s Witnesses”, that the GB and Bethel will play off to Jehovah’s witnesses, for the “trampling” and “invasion” phase, as “the end”, Gog and King North, as if Daniel 11:44, way too soon.

But in reality of that global JW organizational “trampling” activating Daniel 11:41 (Dan8:11) final phase beyond just infiltration, that will instead create the global temple judgment context of the true purification events, by the Daniel 8:13-14 “trampling” to come, for all this progressive to terminal apostasy at Bethel, now fully “installed in the congregations of Jehovah’s witnesses” from the apostate Bethel top tier of apostasy.

Bethel will be the visible target and epicenter of the judgment starting there. (1Pet4:17) But it is really an overall anointed Christian judgment en route to “8th King” world government in 7th King required downfall as well, which these visible high profile temple judgment events will aid the explanation of later.

King North’s Bethel Capstone Development

What all this Bethel control and JW subversion development is, is actually foretold King North implanted infiltration, from way back, to invent the modern Jehovah’s witnesses “Theocracy” which is now actually a Governing Body ruled total profaned abomination totally foreign to anything Christian before its 1944 first budding cell of cancer:

(Daniel 11:30-31) “And he (8th King/King North) will actually go back and hurl denunciations against the holy covenant and act effectively (produces a successful operation Dan8:12b active for quite some time in preparation); and he (8th King) will have to go back and will give consideration to those leaving the holy covenant. (anointed core defection at Bethel aids internal 8th King agent internal infiltration access in time) 31 (Bethel subversion:) And there will be arms that will stand up (inside of Bethel; Dan11:41 (Dan8:11) initial phase; Luke21:20), proceeding from him (8th King planners);  and they (collusion) will actually profane the sanctuary, the fortress, and remove the constant [feature]. (3rd UN placement 1990:) “And they (team effort) will certainly put in place the disgusting thing that is causing desolation. (3rd UN placement, 1990; UN NGO, 1991, at Bethel; Matt24:15; Dan8:13 “transgression causing desolation”);

(Daniel 11:32) “And those who are acting wickedly against [the] covenant (at Bethel), he (8th King/King North) will lead into apostasy by means of smooth words. (The Bethel “smooth words” 8th King cover-up in the JW publications is part of the smoothly justified apostasy);

These developments parallel Daniel 8:11-12 subversion developments inside of Bethel, for eventual WTBTS JW organization coming total coup. This is an “army” subversion prophecy:

(Daniel 8:11-12) . . .And all the way to the Prince of the army it put on great airs, and from him the constant [feature] was taken away, and the established place (Bethel JW worldwide organization) of his sanctuary was thrown down. 12 And an (JW worldwide) army itself was gradually given over (to 8th King infiltrative control), together with the constant [feature] (imbibed with disinformation), because of transgression; (UN NGO and other sins permits allowance of the compromise by removed divine blessing and discernment while fulfillment of prophecy is effected for greater future purpose); and it kept throwing truth to the earth (cover up, disinformation), and it acted and had success. (Dan11:30 “act effectively” parallel, completely successful unlike anything World War 2 produced in ultimate failure when compared to this post 1944 8th King engineered intelligence and subversion operation deployed through the eventual “Governing Body” and installed Bethel agents);


Daniel 8:13 Prelude to Daniel 8:14

And that is why Bethel tries, but fails to connect Daniel 8:13 real clues of TEMPLE TRANSGRESSION, that they are actually fulfilling, to the need for the Daniel 8:14 coming purification of the future:

(Daniel 8:13-14) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation, to make both [the] holy place and [the] army things to trample on?” 14 So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.”

Watch how, in 1982, they shift that Daniel 8:13 prelude forward to a totally disconnected WW2 war persecution “transgression”, totally disconnected from the rationale of the then emerging 1944 GB ruled “theocratic organization” that purifies the “profanation”, in their following Daniel 8:14 total “spin” of “organizational adjustments” “fulfilling prophecy”. It is fulfilling prophecy alright, apostasy prophecy not anything “purified” about it, but the diametric opposite.

So then there is no real connection, in Bethel’s fictional version except to the needed 1944 year. The REAL reality between the real temple “transgression” of Daniel 8:13 and the COMING Daniel 8:14 temple purification is totally bypassed and severed and set in fossilization in Jehovah’s witnesses “theology”. This below, is Bethel’s strange new rationale, now shifted up in time to fit a nice WW2 scenario, to make it all “look real”, yet it is totally unconnectable to the following Daniel 8:14 Bethel claims.

So notice how Bethel shifts the “transgression” to the worldly powers during WW2, and the “right condition” to these modern Governing Body based abominations we have been outlining:

*** Watchtower 1982; 9/15 pp. 16-17 pars. 19-21 The Kingdom and “a Holy Place” ***

[It begins with a memorable persecution phase on some Christian Jehovah’s witnesses during WW2, applied to Daniel 8:13:]

“”Well, what was the experience of faithful Bible students—Jehovah’s Witnesses—during World War II? Intense persecution! This amounted to a “transgression,” an effort to desolate God’s “sanctuary” class, and so take away from Jehovah the “constant feature” of daily public worship. It started in Nazi-Fascist countries. But soon ‘truth was being thrown to the earth’ throughout the vast domain of the ‘small horn whose power became mighty.’ The “army” of kingdom proclaimers and their work of preaching kingdom truth was banned in almost all of the British Commonwealth. When these nations conscripted their manpower they refused to grant exemption as ministers to Jehovah’s Witnesses; they showed no respect for their theocratic appointment as ministers of God. Mob violence and other indignities were heaped upon Jehovah’s faithful servants in the United States.

[Then they shift Daniel 8:14 to the “Theocracy restored” and GB glorifying waffle they have since mixed and spun for modern Jehovah’s witnesses:]

20 However, according to Daniel 8:13, 14, after a period of ‘twenty-three hundred days’ (six years, four months and twenty days), the “holy place” would be brought again “into its right condition,” or would “emerge victorious” (New English Bible). Indeed, Jehovah’s Witnesses had been fiercely persecuted because of their insistence on ‘obeying God as ruler rather than men.’ (Acts 5:29) But during the closing months of World War II they reaffirmed their determination to magnify Jehovah’s rulership and to adhere to it within their organization. To that end, a rearrangement of the work and governing structure of Jehovah’s Witnesses was initiated in 1944. The Watchtower of October 15, 1944, took as its theme “Organized for Final Work.” This and other service-oriented articles of the same period showed that the “holy place” was again in its “right condition” from Jehovah’s viewpoint.

[Then they make this statement in outright contradiction of the prophecy of “acted and had success” (Dan8:12b) itself:]

21 The enemy’s vicious attempt to desolate and destroy the “holy place” completely had failed. The remaining “holy ones” on earth, along with their companions of the “great crowd,” had come off victorious. The kingdom of the Supreme One, Jehovah, and of his Christ, had triumphed! What would follow, according to Jehovah’s prophetic word? We shall now see.””

Previous to that Daniel 8:14 concoction to make the Governing Body of Theocracy look real, now the Daniel 8:13 “transgression” gets blamed on the worldly powers (when in reality it is a temple transgression and “unright” state (Zech3:3), “IN the temple” (2Thess2:1-4,11-12)). But in reality Daniel 8:13-14 are all totally connected to modern Bethel based temple transgression and its coming timed judgment verification of Daniel 8:14, and phasing of “evening” to “morning” of Daniel 8:14,26. 

Reality: 1944-1976 Governing Body of the 1990 UN NGO and UN Prophecy Cover Up

In reality the 1991 UN NGO is what that 1944 emergent-to 1976 “Governing Body” Dictatorship brought in as well, as the real “transgression causing desolation”:

(Daniel 8:13) And I got to hear a certain holy one speaking, and another holy one proceeded to say to the particular one who was speaking: “How long will the vision be of the ((profaned) constant [feature] and of the transgression causing desolation ((UN NGO alliance of Daniel 11:31b)), to make both [the] holy place ((temple “established place”; Dan8:11)) and [the] ((JW worldwide)) army things to trample on?” ((first 8th King “trampling” “attack” defining the spiritual meaning of the “tribulation of those days” beginning));

And those above temple profanation developments, and that above decree connects explicitly to the required future temple judgment purification yet to come:

(Daniel 8:14) So he said to me: “Until two thousand three hundred evenings [and] mornings; and [the] holy place will certainly be brought into its right condition.”
((Temple judgment purification completed in this timed period parallel Zechariah 3:4-5, Revelation 8:1-5));

Thus that is how it is actually connected, and how the truly illegal “Governing Body” is the main profaning instrument “in the temple” (2Thess2:1-4), ALSO connected in quite another manner, to actually the final apostasy, in that same overall development, now clearly seen active since 1944 in “gradually given over” manner.

And so after over 70 years of this “gradually given over” (Dan8:12) reality in Jehovah’s witnesses whole ministry since 1944, and 40 years under the 1976 Governing Body Tyranny foisted upon total fictions since 1944, the “operation of error” in modern form is the same development, but in generalized form here:

(2 Thessalonians 2:11-12) So that is why God lets an operation of error go to them, that they may get to believing the lie, 12 in order that they all may be judged because they did not believe the truth but took pleasure in unrighteousness.

Whereas Daniel 8:11-14 and its Daniel 11:30-35 parallel is the details of this “operation of error” “gradually” developing, that has now become a full blown lie and total ministerial “temple” “profanation. (Zech3:3) So in it being an “error” first, the 1944 developments that came after Rutherford had died, can be considered an error as some anointed Christians, at least all of those at Bethel in 1944, were in agreement with the “governing body” concept, the first “error”, not yet a total lie.

But later in 1971, the “error” is capitalized “Governing Body” and on to form today’s full blown “Theocratic Lie” of a UN NGO governing, Governing Body illegal entity and authority “in the temple”, a total dictatorship since 1976. That being the case, we have this symbolic character now “in the temple”, in its general form and principle, also still applicable to Christendom’s many “governing body” overridden ministries, which Bethel has also adjoined to for the same purposes:

(2 Thessalonians 2:3-5) Let no one seduce you in any manner, because it will not come unless the apostasy comes first and the man of lawlessness gets revealed, the son of destruction. 4 He is set in opposition and lifts himself up over everyone who is called “god” or an object of reverence, so that he sits down in the temple of The God, publicly showing himself to be a god. 5 Do you not remember that, while I was yet with you, I used to tell you these things?

And Bethel ALSO has a PREMATURE “end of the world” diversion to ALSO mesmerize and further distract the modern Jehovah’s witness’ mind from reality:

(2 Thessalonians 2:1-2) However, brothers, respecting the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ and our being gathered together to him, we request of you 2 not to be quickly shaken from your reason nor to be excited either through an inspired expression or through a verbal message or through a letter as though from us, to the effect that the day of Jehovah is here. (well premature of reality);

Daniel 8:13-14 Means The Modern Temple Judgment

Now the global “JW Organization”  “trampling” of Daniel 8:13, of the future, is the only way to account for this real “UNright condition” in a once valid anointed Christian ministry, and free Jehovah’s witnesses trapped in and by this totally mature error-to-lie, post 1944, development of full blown anti-Christian based apostasy inside the administration of the Jehovah’s witnesses worldwide ministry.

Soon the real Daniel 8:13-14 will begin, and it is timed in two phases for future verification, 3.19 years minimum, or 1150 days, but possibly the whole 2300 days as 6.38 years of judgment to purified recovery. (Dan8:14,26) That being the possibility, it may be an 1150 day “evening” darkness phase of temple “trampling” desolation and an 1150 day phase of “the morning” of enlightening recovery to full “right condition.

Daniel 8:14 cryptic wording means we need to pay attention to this prophecy when major notable actions come against Bethel and or the Jehovah’s witnesses profaned “constant feature”, such as the cancellation or illegal transformation of the Jehovah’s Witnesses ministry into a “hard hitting judgment message” of “the end” which will not manifest, but leave Jehovah’s witnesses in prophetic error and confusion for three years of “evening” darkness of judgment developments:
*** Watchtower 2015; 7/15  pg. 16, par. 9 Your Deliverance is Getting Near ***

9 This will not be the time to preach the “good news of the Kingdom.” That time will have passed. The time for “the end” will have come! (Matthew 24:14) No doubt God’s people will proclaim a hard-hitting judgment message. This may well involve a declaration announcing that Satan’s wicked world is about to come to its complete end.

And it is phased as reiterated here:

(Daniel 8:26) And the thing seen concerning the evening and the morning, which has been said, it is true. And you, for your part, keep secret the vision, because it is yet for many days.

Final Notes

Now if you per chance can ever ask a Jehovah’s witness elder to give the modern Jehovah’s witnesses interpretation for this complicated flip-flop of the “Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy” 1999 version (pgs 165-179), that slid up the events to match WW2 (aiding the Daniel 8:11-13 “interpretation” “details”), from the Fred Franz era “Your Will Be Done on Earth” Daniel book of 1958 (pgs 188-219), you will find out few of them, if any, can explain the thing.

(After you read both Daniel 8:13-14 sections, you will understand why, but that the prophecy has problems, and in reality has yet to fulfill, is also why no one can explain this properly at Bethel. They ARE the “unright condition” now present.)

This is because it is not a “cornerstone” teaching of Jehovah’s witnesses because it has major inconsistencies—but to Bethel’s apostate engineers it is the foundation and capstone developmental connection to prophecy as blasphemy. It implies WTBTS “charter adjustments” were what brought the “temple” into the “right condition” of “theocratic organization”. Which is of course ridiculous, when in hindsight it brought the whole under a complete Governing Body dictatorship called a “Theocracy”, a blasphemy, “gradually given over” from 1944 to today. (the real Dan8:12)

(Daniel 8:12) [a Jehovah’s witnesses] army itself was gradually given over [to the rival system by subversion].

Only divine temple judgment can now rectify the true condition of the Jehovah’s witnesses apostatized and stalled ministry, and those coming events will be the real Daniel 8:13-14 in the context of Daniel 11:41 gone full blown on the “JW Organization” central idol of distractions and error.

This Apostate “Jerusalem” Generation

That being the case, then the [apostate] “Jerusalem judgment” pattern in Matthew 24, Luke 21 and Mark 13 as seen here:

(Matthew 24:32-36) “Now learn from the fig tree as an illustration this point: Just as soon as its young branch grows tender and it puts forth leaves, you know that summer is near. 33 Likewise also you, when you see all these things, know that he is near at the doors. 34 Truly I say to you that this generation will by no means pass away until all these things occur. 35 Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will by no means pass away. 36 “Concerning that day and hour nobody knows, neither the angels of the heavens nor the Son, but only the Father.

which Bethel has turned into a slippery banana peel of modern Bethel waffling Stumble Works, is really “this generation” that has seen all these post 1944 Governing Body takeover of Bethel, and its apostate developments from inception to maturity. Now the modern Temple Judgment Generation of anointed Christians, dispersed in the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry, cast out, out of action or stumbled, or fled outside of this modern “Jerusalem” apostate parallel are the overall generation in that prophecy.

And since the temple judgment comes first, well before “the end”, this prophecy is not intended to be an “hourglass” to track the health of old anointed Christians to know “how close” “the end” is. Instead apostate Bethel has used this diversion to instead hype the premature “the end” among Jehovah’s witnesses, and stumble people as they flip the “hour glass” yet again and again.

Another clue is the use of the “generation” word as a general meaning of the apostate Jerusalem generation that developed in the time of Christ and saw that phase of the prophecy of the judgment come true in all details applicable to that time. The examples in Matthew 11:16, Matthew 12:38, Matthew 12:45,Matthew 16:4, Matthew 17:17, Matthew 23:36, show that the “generation” of Matthew 24:34 is a general description of Christ’s overall mostly apostate Jerusalem population of Israelites and others who saw all those things applicable to the Jerusalem judgment culminating in 70 CE.

Hence the reason to now flee the Bethel “organizational” “apostate Jerusalem” global-locale when one “catches sight” of the general or specific context of Bethel’s UN NGO climax modern apostasy signal, because a heavy judgment, the one in Daniel 8:13-14 is coming soon on that “a system of things” (Matt13:36-42; Matt25:1-13):

(Matthew 24:15-16) “Therefore, when you catch sight of the (UN NGO; Dan11:31) disgusting thing that causes desolation, as spoken of through Daniel the prophet (modern Dan11:31 “disgusting thing that causes desolation” as parallel of Dan8:13 “transgression causing desolation”), standing in a holy place (in the claimant anointed Christian “constant feature” ministry as UN NGO), (let the reader use discernment,) 16 then let those in Judea begin fleeing to the mountains. (Because the JW Bethel desolation judgment for that UN NGO “transgression causing desolation” is near; 1Pet4:17; Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5);

The Question is Can Bethel Repent?

It certainly has real problems of terminal apostasy in its leadership, such as a UN NGO sponsoring deal. (Dan11:31; Matt24:15)

Unfortunately, the Governing Body Show has given some Christians actual valid reasons for leaving. (Matt24:15) Not all but some. There are GB based hypocrisies and truly anti-Christian policies and alliances that are dubious to the point God has to have also seen these MAJOR PROBLEMS, as some Christians with true Kingdom awareness have. For example, joining the United Nations of Organizations, is NOT in God’s approval, no matter how Bethel spins it, it IS Matthew 24:15 as Daniel 11:30-32a, and Daniel 8:12.

(The Daniel 8:13 Temple “TRANSGRESSION causing desolation” to the temple “established place” of Daniel 8:11.)

In fact men who claim infallibility between the lines, and set up a self protecting illegal Bethel Inquisition Judiciary to condemn men, brothers even in the GB and Bethel system for years, to a spiritual death of Gehenna in their own over-extension of well “beyond the things written” authority, are always exposed in time, BY GOD, just like the Pharisees.

This JW Reformer’s article is very telling in this matter, in a very simple manner:

Jehovah Blesses Obedience
by Meleti Vivlon  Sep 25, 2015

http://meletivivlon.com/2015/09/25/jehovah-blesses-obedience/

“”We are reaping what we have sown, and the reproach we were hoping to avoid has been magnified 100-fold by our failed hypocrisy.””

Contrary to Popular Belief, Bethel and its Governing Body are Subject to Divine Requirements and Judgment Like Anyone Else

Now the point is, to God, LEADERS are not given “Special License to Sin”, which they ALL claim between the lines, like the GB. The LEADERS are given TOP ATTENTION from God when He inspects a ministry. (Zech3:1-3; Isa1-12; Hosea; Micah; Amos)

And when God gets to exposing and judging REAL CRIMINAL ACTIVITY in a Christian LEADERSHIP, that itself is based on a Babel and Christendom “governing body” concept—as if divine, no questions asked— when it is not Biblical in the least, it will be completely revealed in time—as is the case of HOW Bethel devolved into an illegal idolatry. [1]

===
AND THIS IS BECAUSE JEHOVAH GOD AND JESUS CHRIST HAVE INDEED BEEN USING JEHOVAH’S WITNESSES MINISTRY SINCE 1914 BY DIVINE DECREE. THAT IS THE TRUTH!
===

So it is not that Jehovah’s witnesses “never had the truth”, it is that they DO have the truth, and so God WILL deal with the problem: The Governing Body of Apostasy and their UN NGO covenant with the UN, involving God’s people. (Daniel 8:13-14 as Daniel 11:41; Revelation 8:3-5)

It WILL get serious, it is no light matter, and it will PROVE this is Jehovah’s anointed Christian house (1Pet4:17), merely using a mundane ministerial resource “established place” (Dan8:11) “organized ministry”, that He WILL create ENORMOUS Judgment event upon FIRST, to wake up BOTH Jehovah’s witness and those paying attention.

“The Organization” and its so-called “Governing Body” have become one of these illegal idols in God’s eyes, and it does NOTHING to minimize, but only to promote, such a lofty place in Jehovah’s witnesses eyes. They even had the blasphemous audacity to declare themselves the “faithful slave”, playing seated “God’s”, in God’s temple arrangement by their OWN approval, rather than God and Christ’s by judgment first. (2Thess2:3-4)

And they have the premature “it can end any day brothers!” distraction well in place as well (2Thess2:1-2), to smokescreen final prophecy that can be explained in light of globalization development to culminate into 8th King World Government, to “ascend” and “heal”, upon the REQUIRED 7th King fall and “sword stroke” coming. (Rev13:3; Dan11:42-43; Isa41:1; Rev17:8-13; Rev11:7)

===
Most Everyone is in Denial in Their Own Way

Now true most JWs and most JW critics alike, do not want this to be the real reason why these Days of Jehovah’s Judgment are coming on Jehovah’s witnesses and the now idolized and UN profaned organization and ministry. (Zech3:1-5)

1. JWs want to think it is in the “right condition” since 1944. (Dan8:14)

2. Many JW critics want to excuse themselves from overall divine responsibility as Christians, so they want JWs to be invalid and the sovereign warning of 1914 off their backs, and to just do their ministry the way they want, particularly to its main sovereign message, getting lax on the UN reality as the Wildbeast forming to World Government—they want to deny that will come, and that that will trigger Christ.

And all of this is NORMAL for Adamic humans, especially when a Christian ministerial leadership becomes the hypocritical problem aiding the doubt!

And by the events Jehovah Almighty God by Christ will bring on this derailed ministry, and its GB Kings of Bethel, JWs can be freed and updated, and both groups can be awakened to the revived, updated and clarified final ministry that WILL form AFTER the Bethel Apostasy is dealt with in GLOBAL MANNER as decreed by God at Daniel 8:13-14.

Bethel CLAIMS the Daniel 8:14 “RIGHT CONDITION” of the anointed “Temple” has been present SINCE 1944 [3], by a historic process of “organizational adjustments” that brought the congregations, branches and all of Bethel under the dictatorial rule of a “Governing Body” that went into Rogue Tyranny in 1976, against Nathan Knorr’s and Fred Franz’s wishes and stern advice! ON THE RECORD at Bethel and elsewhere.

1. THEY REBELLED in 1976 against the God set INDIVIDUAL ministerial spearheads since 1870.

2. They first peeped the “governing body” term in 1944, to a title in 1971, to a full dictatorship in 1976, to UN NGO in 1991, to today’s major GB based apostate problem with UN ties.

3. NOW the process they claimed was instituted under the post 1944 “right condition” is actually what has formed the WRONG CONDITION in the anointed Christians ministry!

It IS what it IS: Foretold Christian Leadership Apostasy! The Daniel 8:14 diametric “Wrong Condition”.

===
Face the Music—The Temple Judgment

NOW the real Daniel 8:13-14 must come on Bethel, because it is PLAIN AS DAY what the Governing Body Experiment in so-called “Theocratic Organization” has led to: The DOWNFALL of the Jehovah’s witnesses ministry, temporarily, in apostasy, UN alliance and total spiritual drunken slumber. (Matt25:2)

And now, in time, Bethel AND Jehovah’s witnesses will have to face, and give an account of the real Daniel 8:13-14, and Bethel’s false claims it has all been already in the “right condition”, as engineered by historic “organizational adjustments”, culminating in that 1944 “right condition” claim, in the 1999 Pay No Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy book. [3]

The 1970s final changes brought the whole JW ministry and corporate complex under Governing Body dictatorial, no questions asked, infallible, unapologetic, rigid authority, to the point they found it advisable to even join the United nations of Non Governmental Organizations, rather than explain the Outreach UN NGO Division’s true UN objective: Get all global organizations acceptable and willing to adjoin to the UN as well!

NOW the REAL Daniel 8:13-14 is coming on Bethel’s head.

Will Bethel repent in public full disclosure?

Or will they continue in blind denial?

Will God even offer Bethel repentance at this point in the development after the accounting “trampling” is completed?

These are questions Bethel, Jehovah’s witnesses and others will ask in future days, as the real Daniel 8:13-14 manifests as Revelation 8:3-5, as Daniel 11:41 in the future FINAL Temple Judgment Cycle required to prepare the final Kingdom Proclamation and Salvation awareness opportunity and warning ministry in the RIGHT CONDITION.

=======

[1]

Governing Body Since Babel
http://www.topix.com/forum/religion/jehovahs-witness/TNAEHPJ85H01JEPSL

[2]

The Governing Body Experiment—1944 to Present
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/08/23/the-governing-body-experiment-1944-to-present/

1944 Governing Body Birthday—1914-1976 WTBTS Board of Directors Coup Finally Realized
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/bethel-final-apostasy/1944-governing-body-birthday-19144-1976-wtbts-board-of-directors-coup-finally-realized/

[3]

How Daniel 8:14 Wrong Condition Developed in Bethel Since 1944
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/dan8/how-daniel-812-14-unright-condition-has-been-developed-by-the-profane-governing-body-since-1944/

===

Global Open Salvation—How Christ Completes His Own Ministry
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/08/20/global-open-salvation-how-christ-completes-his-own-ministry/

Why TWO Witnesses?
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/07/07/why-two-witnesses
https://jwupdate.files.wordpress.com/2015/07/why_two_witnesses_revelation11.pdf

==
More Related Information

Daniel Prophecy and 8th King Globalists
Daniel 11:36-41 and Daniel 8:23-25 8th King Globalist Details and the Bethel Apostasy Co-Development
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/daniel-12/daniel-prophecy-and-8th-king-globalists/

Bethel Apostasy Foretold in Daniel 8 and 11
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/bethel-apostasy-foretold-in-daniel-8-and-11/

Connecting Bethel Lawlessness to Final Prophecy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/connecting-bethel-lawlessness-to-final-prophecy/

Bethel Silence on the UN NGO: What the United Nations of Non-Governmental Organizations Global Expansion System Really Is
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/gb-8k-infiltration/un-jw-infiltration-notes/un-ngo-what-the-united-nations-of-non-governmental-organizations-global-expansion-system-really-is/

====

Daniel 8:13-14 Details the Coming Temple Judgment of Jehovah’s Witnesses
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/dan8/daniel-813-14-details-the-coming-temple-judgment-of-jehovahs-witnesses/

Repeating Cycles: The Whole Prophecy Repeats Starting With The Temple Judgment Portion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/prophecy-repeats/what-we-know-now-the-whole-prophecy-repeats-starting-with-the-temple-judgment/

Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/temple-judgment-to-world-government-to-christ-arrival-revelation-11-and-daniel-12/

8th King/King North World Government as Simple as Possible
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/8th-kingking-north-world-government-as-simple-as-possible/

The 8th King World Government: Convergence of Global Sovereignty— Convergence of All Bible Prophecy Symbolisms
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2015/03/31/8th-king-world-government-convergence-of-global-sovereignty-convergence-of-all-bible-prophecy-symbolisms/

Bethel Delusional 1-2-3 Formula Versus Prophetic and Global Reality
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/2015/04/30/bethel-delusional-formula-versus-prophetic-and-global-reality/

Positive Global Message—Open Global Salvation Opportunity

Positive Global Message—Open Global Salvation Opportunity

The final period of post Bethel Apostasy Judgment must develop into a global Open Salvation Call that Christ himself will complete globally

Draft Version 1.0 (August 2015)

The Good News is that the final period of global events that mark Christ’s certain full arrival must develop into a full Open Salvation Call and Opportunity for all of mankind, over several final years and global world government developments.

The “7th King” national system, as led by the US/EU system financial systems, must “fall” (Dan11:42-43; Rev13:3) to allow “8th King” World Government “rise” (Rev17:8-12) into full global government, in which period of 7th King “fall” to 8th King rise, the final warning will emerge. (Rev9-11)

That is, the current Bethel apostasy, after it being judged as the Temple Judgment in timed and phased manner (Dan8:13-14; Rev8), will be for the purpose of God and Christ first recovering the final warning of Revelation 9-11. (Rev11:2-3 from Rev10:11 “little scroll” commission) That final warning sign which must emerge (Rev9) after Bethel is “trampled”. (Dan8:13; Dan11:41)

Bethel is removed first (1Pet4:17), in what will become a global judgment prelude signal, because they are who subvert the final truth of prophecy (Dan11:32a; Dan8:12) as UN NGO “wild beast” sponsors of the United Nations World Government final phase (Zech3:1-3; 2Thess2:1-4,11-12), among other lawless deeds now becoming globally exposed.

Those progressive signal milestones of prophecy, instead, signal the Christ arrival to complete the Messianic Kingdom to first complete his own ministry in final “sheep” gathering first (Matt24:31; Matt25:31-40; Rev14:14-16), which Open Salvation opportunity, by the means of the Messianic Kingdom from its required completion, is the “little scroll” theme of the final warning. (Rev10:5-11)

(Revelation 10:11) And they say to me: “You must prophesy AGAIN with regard to peoples and nations and tongues and many kings.”

Humans Cannot Complete the Global Reach of the Good News

The first truth to realize from the Bible outline of Christ’s “second coming” as eventual finalizing Messianic Kingdom completion “King of kings” (Rev10:5-11), to become officially manifested after human 8th King World Government also completes, is the human backed Christian ministry cannot complete the global “circuit” of the “good news” on its own, by any human means active since 33 CE:

(Matthew 10:23) When they persecute you in one city, flee to another; for truly I say to you, you will by no means complete the circuit of the cities of Israel UNTIL the Son of man arrives.

Neither Christendom, or Jehovah’s witnesses ministries have been capable of completing the global circuit due to various human limitations, apostasy and closed off national territories. Even the final warning (Rev9-11), yet to emerge after the Bethel apostasy is judged in the future (1Pet4:17; Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5), and removed (Zech3:1-5), and exposed (2Thess2:1-12), cannot complete the global circuit of “Israel”, of the whole world, due to resistance and human limitations. (Rev11:7-10; Dan12:7; Rev13:5-7)

“By no means” human, past, present or future, will the attempted global “Good News” ministry be totally completed by these “means”. It is getting logical, that of course, Christ is who completes the very ministry he started.

Because “the good news” must complete:

(Revelation 10:5-7) And the angel that I saw standing on the sea and on the earth raised his right hand to heaven, 6 and by the One who lives forever and ever, who created the heaven and the things in it and the earth and the things in it and the sea and the things in it, he swore: “There will be no delay any longer; 7 but in the days of the sounding of the seventh angel, when he is about to blow his trumpet, the sacred secret of God according to the good news which he declared to his own slaves the prophets is indeed brought to a finish.”

Which completes this:

(Matthew 24:14) And this good news of the kingdom will be preached in all the inhabited earth for a witness to all the nations; and then the end will come.

In that final period of the future, how is the global “circuit” completed 100%, in every last detail?

The final “means” of “good news” completion is by divine super human and angelic means.

Christ completes his own ministry AFTER he arrives. (Rev14:6-7) The entire global final determination and Good News is completed after Christ arrives, to gather sheep first, hence “you will by no means complete the circuit of the cities of Israel until the Son of man arrives”.

The “rock the nations” climax period of the “tribulation of those days” (Matt24:29; Dan11:42-43; Rev16:1-16) aids global awareness that God and Christ are arriving:

(Haggai 2:7) “‘And I will rock all the nations, and the desirable things of all the nations must come in; and I will fill this house with glory,’ Jehovah of armies has said.

Tribulation of those Days Concurrent Global Developments

Thus the parallels of the “tribulation of those days” are that the Revelation 13 “sword stroke” to the “healing” phases are unfolding during the “tribulation of those days”. It is a formulaic global-cycle to present World Government, not “the end” yet.

There are other “tribulation of those days” parallels we can now cross reference at this time.

1. Revelation 13 “sword stroke” to “healing” and Revelation 17:8-12 world government “abyss” “ascension” are occurring prior to Christ arrival.

(Revelation 17:8-13) The wild beast that you saw was, but is not, and yet is about to ascend out of the abyss (the final abyss ascension of Rev11:7), and it is to go off into destruction. And when they see how the wild beast was, but is not, and yet will be present, those who dwell on the earth will wonder admiringly (as a recovery admiration related to the final “sword stroke” upon the 7th head “healed” fro 8th King world government “ascension”), but their names have not been written upon the scroll of life from the founding of the world. 9 “Here is where the intelligence that has wisdom comes in: The seven heads mean seven mountains (the national seven world power progression), where the woman sits on top. (as a Babylon the Great religious sovereignty also to be deposed in this final cycle culmination) 10 And there are seven kings: five have fallen (Egypt, Assyria, Babylon, Medo-Persia and Greece), one is (Roman), the other has not yet arrived (the 7th head Anglo-American national alliance global empire nucleus), but when he does arrive he must remain a short while. (“short while” as in sovereign existence termination into 8th King totality, not destruction) 11 And the wild beast that was but is not, it is also itself an eighth [king] (from its final ” abyss ascension” of the future into full world government), but springs from the seven (the “scarlet wildbeast” is based on the Rev13:1 seven headed “wildbeast from the sea” in historic human world power development.), and it goes off into destruction. (this is the wildbeast and 8th King world power that is destroyed at Armageddon’s climax) 12 “And the ten horns that you saw mean ten kings (a complete national global national unification into 8th King world government.), who have not yet received a kingdom (was still progressing to this climax in the apostle John’s time), but they do receive authority as (globally distributed “palatial tents”) kings one hour with the wild beast. (the “one hour” of 8th King global rulership in complete world government which deposition by Christ is the destruction of all the rival 8th King sovereign counterparts.) 13 These have one thought, and so they give their power and authority to the wild beast.

Thus they complete World Government, and are in the final “one hour” to some degree, before and as Christ arrives:

(Revelation 17:14) These will battle with the Lamb, but, because he is Lord of lords and King of kings, the Lamb will conquer them. Also, those called and chosen and faithful with him [will do so].”

2. Daniel 11:40-41 are all climaxing developments to parallel the “tribulation of those days” prior to Christ arrival.

(Daniel 11:40) “And in the time of [the] end the king of the south (the nation-state global power system) will engage with him in a pushing, and against him the (globalizing power system) king of the north will storm with chariots and with horsemen and with many ships; and he will certainly enter into the (national) lands (worldwide) and flood over and pass through. (King North military and financial system expansion concurrently maturing since 1990 aiding the Daniel 11:42-43 culmination to start the final cycle and proceed for some years);

(Daniel 11:41) He (8th King) will also actually enter into the land of the Decoration (infiltrates the Bethel ministry internally, which develops to full “invasion” coup in time; Dan8:13-14), and there will be many [people] that will be made to stumble. (Matt24:15; Luke21:20 signal development present now at Bethel; Stumbling people is also the lawless Bethel subversion goal, and it will get worse. Parallels Daniel 8:11-13 and Daniel 11:30-35 events and meaning);

3. Daniel 11:42-43 is the King North/8th King pawning of the King South/7th King nation-state wealth system:

(Daniel 11:42-43) And he (8th King/King North) will keep thrusting out his hand against the (national) lands; and as regards the land of Egypt (collective national powers; King South “capital”), she (feminized King South) will not prove to be an escapee. (captured by globalist power intrigues of first a financial nature:) 43 And he (King North/8th King) will actually rule over the hidden treasures (globally) of the gold and the silver and over all the desirable things of Egypt. (Thus 8th King/King North rules the world wealth, wealth system and all “desirable things” of collective global national “Egypt” “King South” powers in full globalist progressive ownership);

4. The 1260 days parallels of Daniel 7:25, Daniel 12:7, Revelation 11:2-3, Revelation 12:14 and Revelation 13:5-7 all occur into the final leg of the “tribulation of those days” phase as that period is expiring with the “tribulation of those days” resolving for the World Government completion and final global presentation.

5. All the first six plagues develop during the “tribulation of those days”. (Rev16:1-12) The nations are fully globalized into World Government in the 6th plague:

(Revelation 16:12-16) And the sixth one poured out his bowl upon the great river Euphrates (Parallels 6th trumpet), and its water was dried up, that the way might be prepared for the kings from the rising of the sun. (Babylon the Great being set-up for Revelation 17:15-17 parallel events by removal of human defenses (Rev17:15)) 13 And I saw three unclean inspired expressions [that looked] like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon and out of the mouth of the wild beast and out of the mouth of the false prophet. (complete 8th King globalist influence culminating; “globalization” is the main global force of “gathering” all the nations ) 14 They are, in fact, expressions inspired by demons and perform signs, and they go forth to the kings of the entire inhabited earth (culminating in this final period), to gather them together to the war of the great day of God the Almighty. (parallels Revelation 17:12-18 and Daniel 11:42-43 culminations into globalist 8th King power) 15 “Look! I am coming as a thief. Happy is the one that stays awake and keeps his outer garments, that he may not walk naked and people look upon his shamefulness.” 16 And they gathered them (by Dan11:42-43 and Rev17:11-17 8th King wealth and power consolidations) together (into final 8th King globalist unification symbolized in completion by 4th UN “placement” and proclamations) to the place that is called in Hebrew Har–Magedon. (Joel 3:9-17);

The Purpose of the Global Crisis: Presenting World Government

That all must occur as a final formulaic “global crisis” cycle is running and resolving (Matt24:29; Isa41:1) as the “8th King” “scarlet wildbeast” is “ascending” as full bodied 8th King world government, during the end of that “tribulation of those days” phase leading to Christ arrival:

(Matthew 24:29-31) 29 “Immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light, and the stars will fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens will be shaken.

The nation-state “old world order” system is eclipsed by “ascending” World Government as the whole “Scarlet Wildbeast”:

(Revelation 17:11) And the wild beast that was but is not, [the wild beast] is also itself (as a whole entity) an eighth [king], but springs from the seven, and it goes off into destruction. (that is the entity God and Christ depose by direct action)

The purpose of the “global crisis” “tribulation of those days” cycle, the “global problem”, is for the recovering “admirable” presentation of the “global solution” as World Government. (Rev13:3; Rev17:8) Under World Government complete, is when the “four winds” phase of the “Great Tribulation” forms the global final period of Christ’s arrival. (Hence Matt24:31 parallel Rev7)

This is because once World Government gets full control of the world system, they will be able to run their final attempted agenda as fully as possible, until “cut short” by God and Christ directly, not as part of a Global Formula.

Hence Matthew 24:21-22 is talking about the cutting short of that “four winds” parallel of global World Government agenda in action:

(Matthew 24:21-22) for then there will be great tribulation such as has not occurred since the world’s beginning until now, no, nor will occur again. 22 In fact, unless those days were cut short, no flesh would be saved; but on account of the chosen ones those days will be cut short.

This direct action of explicit “divine intervention” at that final portion of the prophecy:

(2 Thessalonians 1:6-8) This takes into account that it is righteous on God’s part to repay tribulation to those who make tribulation for you, 7 but, to you who suffer tribulation, relief along with us at the revelation of the Lord Jesus from heaven with his powerful angels 8 in a flaming fire, as he brings vengeance upon those

The whole “scarlet wildbeast” is the “8th King” “it is also itself” the whole thing, “an 8th King”. It is not an “8th head”, but the whole global World Government “scarlet wildbeast” global-totality. It is the one that “goes off into destruction” at the end of the post Christ arrival process:

(Daniel 7:26) And the Court itself proceeded to sit, and his own (world government) rulership they finally took away, in order to annihilate [him] and to destroy [him] totally. (“goes off into destruction”)

That “Court” sits as the complete Messianic Kingdom as this parallel:

(Matthew 25:31-33) “When the Son of man arrives in his glory, and all the angels with him, then he will sit down on his glorious throne. (Rev14:1 parallel; complete Messianic Kingdom entity) 32 And all the nations will be gathered before him, and he will separate people one from another, just as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats. 33 And he will put the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on his left. (Rev14:14-20 parallel)

Thus before the 8th King “goes off into destruction”, Christ arrives for a global judgment of all the people of planet earth, in which even some unbelievers will become believing “sheep” at that time, on the spot, and will be judged as to their basic way they treat others, as Christ completes his own ministry:

(Matthew 25:37-40) Then the righteous ones will answer him with the words, ‘Lord, when did we see you hungry and feed you, or thirsty, and give you something to drink? 38 When did we see you a stranger and receive you hospitably, or naked, and clothe you? 39 When did we see you sick or in prison and go to you?’ 40 And in reply the king will say to them, ‘Truly I say to you, To the extent that you did it to one of the least of these my brothers, you did it to me.’

Thus their general life attitude will be judged for salvation with no prior knowledge as to why they were saved as they ask those questions that can only come from very new “sheep”:

(Romans 2:12-16) For instance, all those who sinned without law will also perish without law; but all those who sinned under law will be judged by law. 13 For the hearers of law are not the ones righteous before God, but the doers of law will be declared righteous. 14 For whenever people of the nations that do not have law do by nature the things of the law, these people, although not having law, are a law to themselves. 15 They are the very ones who demonstrate the matter of the law to be written in their hearts, while their conscience is bearing witness with them and, between their own thoughts, they are being accused or even excused. 16 This will be in the day when God through Christ Jesus judges the secret things of mankind, according to the good news I declare.

And that “day” is the Christ arrival period and its Open Salvation aftermath. And thus the global “circuit” is completed 100%, by God and Christ.

Tribulation of those Days Phase Expires Before Christ Arrives

Now we know the “tribulation of those days” resolves before Christ arrives:

(Matthew 24:29-31) 29 “Immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light, and the stars will fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens will be shaken.

Explicitly stated Christ does not end that “tribulation of those days”, it expires in its own global formulaic cycle (to present world government), before Christ even arrives.

(Matthew 24:30-31) And then the sign of the Son of man will appear in heaven, and then all the tribes of the earth will beat themselves in lamentation, and they will see the Son of man coming on the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. 31 And he will send forth his angels with a great trumpet sound, and they will gather his chosen ones together from the four winds, from one extremity of the heavens to their other extremity.

And if we also NOTICE VERY CAREFULLY, a whole lot MORE ALSO occurs BEFORE Christ arrives in gathering mode:

“Immediately after the tribulation of those days”…

1. “the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light, and the stars will fall from heaven”;

2. “and the powers of the heavens will be shaken”;

3. “AND THEN the sign of the Son of man will appear in heaven”; (for believers first);

4. “AND [THEN] all the tribes of the earth will beat themselves in lamentation”; (as the news spreads);

AND [THEN] they will SEE the Son of man coming on the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.

Now there is far more to those developments than an instant event. Rather it is a series of events that precede Christ full arrival. Which is, finally, after all that, this “sheep” gathering mode first:

(Matthew 24:31) And he will send forth his angels with a great trumpet sound, and they will gather his chosen ones together from the FOUR WINDS (Rev7:1-3), from one extremity of the heavens to their other extremity. (Rev 14 final sequence)

Notice that no “destruction” is taking place in that whole prophecy, it is the “gathering” of 2 Thessalonians 2:1 (1Thess4:17; Rev16:17-20 “Christ Air” event); it is only the “tribulation of those days” phase expiring into the Christ arrival, which must be, by other cross references in prophecy to this period, after full world government has fully “ascended” and completed. (Rev11:7; Rev17:8-13)

So we can know the “Great Tribulation” is a dual phased global-cycle, that is coming up parallel with that “tribulation of those days” first phase, which will encompass these parallels of prophecy and the formulaic world government presenting purpose of the whole cycle: “problem” to “solution”; “chaos” to “order”; “sword stroke” to “healing”; “abyss plunge” to “abyss ascension”, “national governments” to “global government”—they are ALL the same thing that fully run their course in the “tribulation of those days” cycle before Christ arrives.

A “tribulation of those days” that resolves, as the “sword stroke” “heals” (Rev13:3), as the “scarlet wildbeast” “ascends” into world government, is the set of massive global parallel progressive events that SIGNAL the arrival of Christ BEFORE he manifests which aids the whole warning and final Open Salvation period awareness. (Rev17:8-12; Rev11:7-13)

And under world government, “solution” phase, “order” phase, “healed” phase, to full global World Government global-presentation milestone event (Dan11:45=Dan12:11; Dan8:25; Rev17:12; 1Thess5:1-3), is when that parallel “FOUR WINDS” phase commences as Matthew 24:31, and Revelation 7, TOTAL FINAL GATHERING which is what Revelation 7 fully itemizes—while under full World Government and its final agenda and requirements of prophecy. 

Revelation 11:11-12 Converges into Revelation 14 Final Sequence

Revelation 11:11-12 is what leads into the then activated, post Christ arrival, Revelation 14 final sequence of that final priority “sheep” gathering sequence in Revelation 14:1-16.

(Revelation 11:11-12) And after the three and a half days spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet, and great fear fell upon those beholding them. 12 And they heard a loud voice out of heaven say to them: “Come on up here.” And they went up into heaven in the cloud, and their enemies beheld them.

The effect of the final warning and Open Salvation call is what effects this sector of repentance in some, as symbolized globally here:

(Revelation 11:13) And in that hour a great earthquake occurred, and a tenth of the city fell; and seven thousand persons were killed by the earthquake, and the rest became frightened and gave glory to the God of heaven.

Now we can prove from cross referenced prophecy the details of the period that leads to the Christ arrival, that that emerging final warning will give Good News of, which final “second witness” (Rev10-11:1-7) comes AFTER the timed Bethel judgment (Dan8:13-14; Rev8:3-5; Dan11:41) and recovery of anointed Christians in purification; (Rev-9; Zech3:1-5) to secure this final warning (Rev11:1-7) by divine backing, but in the final anointed Christian human ministry. (Matt25:1-13)

Establishing the Christ Arrival Period by Prophetic Parallels

This cessation of the “two witnesses” final warning, after its full 1260 days guaranteed final period completed, as symbolized in the “three and a half days” “death” state begun—is the final symbolic segway period to Christ arrival:

(Revelation 11:7-10) And when they have finished their (second) witnessing (of 1260 days repeating; Rev10:11), the wild beast that ascends out of the abyss (into 8th King world government) will make war with them and conquer them and kill them. (the ministry recovered from the Bethel apostasy in the temple judgment is eventually deposed after the final 1260 days has expired.); (the ministry recovered from the Bethel apostasy in the temple judgment is eventually deposed after the final 1260 days has expired.); 8 And their corpses will be on the broad way of the great city which is in a spiritual sense called Sodom and Egypt, where their Lord was also impaled. 9 And those of the peoples and tribes and tongues and nations will look at their corpses for three and a half days, (the final symbolic period of time that must expire before Christ arrives) and they do not let their corpses be laid in a tomb. 10 And those dwelling on the earth rejoice over them and enjoy themselves, and they will send gifts to one another, because these two prophets tormented those dwelling on the earth.

The 1260 days final warning will have preceded and expired before the ministry is ceased, as in the above, thus before Christ arrives this period fully runs its final “trampling” “seven times” course:

(Revelation 11:2-3) But as for the courtyard that is outside the temple [sanctuary], cast it clear out and do not measure it, because it has been given to the nations, and they will trample the holy city underfoot for forty-two months. 3 And I will cause my two witnesses to prophesy a thousand two hundred and sixty days dressed in sackcloth.” (Rev13:5-7, Rev12:14; Dan7:25, Dan12:7 parallels)

And uniquely that 1260 days “time signature” cross references these other four parallel prophecies to give us added details of the period preceding 8th King “World Government” completion, hence the Christ arrival trigger completion:

1. (Revelation 12:14) But the two wings of the great eagle were given the woman, that she might fly into the wilderness to her place; there is where she is fed for a time and times and half a time away from the face of the serpent.

2. (Revelation 13:5-7) And a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies was given it, and authority to act forty-two months was given it. (converges into the “healing” before world government) 6 And it opened its mouth in blasphemies against God, to blaspheme his name and his residence, even those residing in heaven. 7 And there was granted it to wage war with the holy ones and conquer them, and authority was given it over every tribe and people and tongue and nation. 

3. (Daniel 12:7) And I began to hear the man clothed with the linen, who was up above the waters of the stream, as he proceeded to raise his right [hand] and his left [hand] to the heavens and to swear by the One who is alive for time indefinite: “It will be for an appointed time, appointed times and a half. And as soon as there will have been a finishing of the dashing of the power of the holy people to pieces, all these things will come to their finish.”

4. (Daniel 7:25) And he will speak even words against the Most High, and he will harass continually the holy ones themselves of the Supreme One. And he will intend to change times and law, and they will be given into his hand for a time, and times and half a time.

Converging into 1290 Days

And so the 1260 day final warning capping expiration prior to world government, bridging into the final “three and a half days” period beginning, the Christ arrival is cross referenced into this 1290 day period parallel (Dan7:26), already active for the “remove the constant feature” in that “three and a half days” starting ministerial cessation event and segway proceeding, because this period follows the 1260 days of Daniel 7:25:

(Daniel 7:26) And the Court itself proceeded to sit, and his own rulership they finally took away, in order to annihilate [him] and to destroy [him] totally.

And after the 1260 days of Daniel 12:7 parallel expiration, is this parallel of the 1290 days start point, marked by two criteria:

(Daniel 12:11) “And from the time that the constant [feature] has been removed and there has been a placing of the disgusting thing that is causing desolation, there will be one thousand two hundred and ninety days.

The two criteria to mark the 1290 days beginning point, is BOTH these events present at once:

1. “the constant [feature] has been removed” parallel “two witnesses” ministerial cessation;

And

2. World Government has been “placed” as “and there has been a placing of the disgusting thing that is causing desolation” as the final “disgusting thing” is that complete World Government statement of 1 Thessalonians 5:1-3, parallel Daniel 8:25 “freedom from care” of the “healed” “sword stroke”.

Thus this is the marked final sovereign statement and period parallel of full World Government:

(1 Thessalonians 5:1-3) Now as for the times and the seasons, brothers, you need nothing to be written to you. 2 For you yourselves know quite well that Jehovah’s day is coming exactly as a thief in the night. 3 Whenever it is that they are saying: “Peace and security!” then sudden destruction is to be instantly upon them just as the pang of distress upon a pregnant woman; and they will by no means escape.

(Daniel 8:25) And according to his insight he will also certainly cause deception to succeed in his hand. And in his heart he will put on great airs, and during a freedom from care he will bring many to ruin. And against the Prince of princes he will stand up, but it will be without hand that he will be broken.

Thus Christ arrives in an active Daniel 12:11 1290 day period to some degree already active. (active by “three and a half day” “two witnesses” ceased ministry under full world government commenced into Daniel 12:11 timed period. We do not know how long the “three and a half days” symbolic segway to Christ arrival is.)

Other 1290 Days Encompassed Events

1. The Revelation 17:12 symbolic “one hour” also starts with World Government official global “placement” to expire in Daniel 12:11 very short approximate three and a half year timing, 1290 days as it runs its course of the whole post Christ arrival sequence.

2. Two Witnesses and Babylon the Great are deposed under full world government as marked in the Daniel 12:11 period starting in the “two witnesses” “constant feature” cessation when under full world government.

3. Thus Christ arrives after full World Government rival sovereign is completed and stated.

Bring Many to Ruin During a Freedom From Care

Another dual development under World Government, is that during the 8th King “World Peace” signal period, they can also run their final global agenda—such as “bring many to ruin”—concurrently in 100% global control.

This “bring many to ruin, DURING” that “freedom from care” of global recovery, paralleling the 8th King final “world peace” “and security” period, is because under full global control of World Government, these final “ruination” actions take place under full world government, AFTER World Government has completed:

1. The “two witnesses” are ceased (Rev11:7 as Dan12:11) in that final ascension of “the wild beast that ascends out of the abyss will make war with them and conquer them and kill them”.

(Revelation 11:8-10) And their corpses will be on the broad way of the great city (BTG still present) which is in a spiritual sense called Sodom and Egypt, where their Lord was also impaled. 9 And those of the peoples and tribes and tongues and nations will look at their corpses for three and a half days, and they do not let their corpses be laid in a tomb. 10 And those dwelling on the earth rejoice over them and enjoy themselves, and they will send gifts to one another (world recovery active, hence “gifts”), because these two prophets tormented those dwelling on the earth.

2. General global humanity is coerced to accept the World Government terms, or else be “killed”:

(Revelation 13:15-18) And there was granted it to give breath to the image of the wild beast, so that the image of the wild beast should both speak and cause to be killed all those who would not in any way worship the image of the wild beast. 16 And it puts under compulsion all persons, the small and the great, and the rich and the poor, and the free and the slaves, that they should give these a mark in their right hand or upon their forehead, 17 and that nobody might be able to buy or sell except a person having the mark, the name of the wild beast or the number of its name. 18 Here is where wisdom comes in: Let the one that has intelligence calculate the number of the wild beast, for it is a man’s number; and its number is six hundred and sixty-six.

3. Babylon the Great is judged after World Government has completed in Revelation 17:8-12:

(Revelation 17:15-18) And he says to me: “The waters that you saw, where the harlot is sitting, mean peoples and crowds and nations and tongues. 16 And the ten horns that you saw, and the wild beast, these will hate the harlot and will make her devastated and naked, and will eat up her fleshy parts and will completely burn her with fire. 17 For God put [it] into their hearts to carry out his thought, even to carry out [their] one thought by giving their kingdom to the wild beast, until the words of God will have been accomplished. 18 And the woman whom you saw means the great city that has a kingdom over the kings of the earth.”

Thus this is the same 8th King/King North global agenda period:

(Daniel 11:44-45) “But there will be reports that will disturb him
(two witnesses), out of the sunrising and out of the north, and he will certainly go forth in a great rage in order to annihilate and to devote many to destruction. (Dan8:25 parallel) 45 And he will plant his palatial tents (World Government) between [the] grand sea and the holy mountain of Decoration (as a “Zion” “Jerusalem” counterfeit); and he will have to come all the way to his end, and there will be no helper for him.

Christ Completes His Own Ministry

And thus this is Christ arrival that bridged into the active Daniel 12:11 1290 day period:

(Revelation 11:11-13) And after the three and a half days spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet, and great fear fell upon those beholding them. 12 And they heard a loud voice out of heaven say to them: “Come on up here.” And they went up into heaven in the cloud, and their (world government complete) enemies beheld them.

A parallel:

(Matthew 24:29-31) “Immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light, and the stars will fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens will be shaken. 30 And then the sign of the Son of man will appear in heaven, and then all the tribes of the earth will beat themselves in lamentation, and they will see the Son of man coming on the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. 31 And he will send forth his angels with a great trumpet sound, and they will gather his chosen ones together from the four winds, from one extremity of the heavens to their other extremity.

Which global gathering of anointed 144000 completing “remaining ones of her seed” is this completion, hence post Christ arrival final Revelation 14 sequence:

(Revelation 14:1) And I saw, and, look! the Lamb standing upon the Mount Zion, and with him a hundred and forty-four thousand having his name and the name of his Father written on their foreheads.

Which leads to earthly sheep full gathering as well (Matt25:31-40; Rev14:14-16), as this final global call, 100% backed by the indomitable Christ, must be going forth to all human inhabitants of earth after Christ has arrived:

(Revelation 14:6-7) And I saw another angel flying in midheaven, and he had everlasting good news to declare as glad tidings to those who dwell on the earth, and to every nation and tribe and tongue and people, 7 saying in a loud voice: “Fear God and give him glory, because the hour of the judgment by him has arrived, and so worship the One who made the heaven and the earth and sea and fountains of waters.”

As Babylon the Great must be going down to a finish over Revelation 14:1-7 parallels, in this post Christ arrival period announcement:

(Revelation 14:8) And another, a second angel, followed, saying: “She has fallen! Babylon the Great has fallen, she who made all the nations drink of the wine of the anger of her fornication!”

While an active 8th King “scarlet wildbeast” is also complete and globally active (Ps110:2):

(Revelation 14:9-11) And another angel, a third, followed them, saying in a loud voice: “If anyone worships the wild beast and its image, and receives a mark on his forehead or upon his hand, 10 he will also drink of the wine of the anger of God that is poured out undiluted into the cup of his wrath, and he shall be tormented with fire and sulphur in the sight of the holy angels and in the sight of the Lamb. 11 And the smoke of their torment ascends forever and ever, and day and night they have no rest, those who worship the wild beast and its image, and whoever receives the mark of its name.

(Psalm 110:2) The rod of your strength Jehovah will send out of Zion (Rev14:1-7), [saying:] “Go subduing in the midst of your enemies.”

Thus Christ is “subduing” while World Government is complete and in its “one hour” of global rule.

In Revelation 14:1 the “holy ones” are in the complete 144000 state, so this is a general warning below, for the whole period that resulted in that required completion which begins Revelation 14 in full form, as earthling sheep are still subject to the wildbeast preceding developments, but will be going into Messianic Kingdom full protection in this period of Revelation 14.

(Revelation 14:12) Here is where it means endurance for the holy ones, those who observe the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.”

Final Positive Message

Thus the “doomsday” messages out there, and the ones that focus on the destruction aspect of the global judgment, are bypassing the reality of the global development we are really about to embark upon. At this time many individual ministries that see the Bethel apostasy, are not understanding how the final cycle unfolds upon the first cycle.

Repeating Cycles: The Whole Prophecy Repeats Starting With The Temple Judgment Portion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/prophecy-repeats/what-we-know-now-the-whole-prophecy-repeats-starting-with-the-temple-judgment/

Temple Judgment to World Government to Christ Arrival
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/graphics-of-final-cycle/temple-judgment-to-world-government-to-christ-arrival-revelation-11-and-daniel-12/

Revelation 14 – 144000 and Messianic Kingdom Completion
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/144000-completion/revelation-14-messianic-kingdom-completion-and-world-judgment-sheep-sweep-in-the-8th-king-world-government-final-one-hour/

Why The Final Cycle Runs its Full Course

World Government and Premature “Fulfillment” of Prophecy
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/07/05/world-government-and-premature-fulfillment-of-prophecy/

Allowing the final cycle to run the full drawn out course allows:

1. All premature delusions and misapplied prophecy interpretations to fail year over year in various ways as their import does not manifest as soon as expected.

2. The most people to come to an awareness of the true nature of these final drawn out and significant changes in world rulership, as the real prophecy that already forecasts this final set of developments manifests to the full instead.

3. Allows the first signal, the judgment of apostate Bethel to fully manifest and run its full course of temple judgment phasing to verify the Daniel 8:13-14 timing.

Events of divine rejection are coming on the Governing Body, Bethel’s “JW org” ministry and the profaned UN NGO JW ministry as events come on the JW org visible target of the “trampling” of Daniel 8:13-14 as Daniel 11:41.

Bethel Premature End JW Delusion Complex

Bethel Hoax: Premature End Expectation
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/the-bethel-hoax-and-premature-end-of-the-world-expectation/


Bethel’s Main Delusion: The End is Near, Jehovah’s Day is Here! – is a Signal of The Final Apostasy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/more-man-of-lawlessness/bethels-main-delusion-the-end-is-near-jehovahs-day-is-here-is-a-signal-of-the-final-apostasy/

But the Bethel “evil slave” and “five foolish virgins” HQ, will try to sell that to JWs as “the end” too soon as per 2 Thess2:1-2.

Thus Bethel’s premature “the end” (2Thss2:1-2) will fail first, as instead their apostasy and what it is coming up is exposed to the full, in time. (2Thess2:3-4)

These elements of current JW delusion, will in time be fully exposed:

1. They will tell JWs it is Daniel 11:44 and the “Gog attack” of a coalition of nations.

2. They will not tell JWs King North is world government 8th King, and that the 7th King is required to fall.

3. Instead they will sell the 7th King “sword stroke” downfall as “the end” as well, as they are expelled before all onlookers.

4. They will not tell JWs this full 7th head sword stroke heals into world government.

World government complete, functional (Dan11:45, Rev17:8-18) and stated (1Thess5:1-3), triggers Christ’s arrival, not before, but AFTER it completes. That takes several more years.

Before that arrives, JW will be tossed into a global HOAX, for the 3.19 years minimum of Daniel 8:13-14 “evening” of darkness. (Dan8:26)

The GB experiment will be removed and exposed after the recovery begins. And the Good News is, the final opportunity and reality of the final salvation drive of Christ truly is “good news”. Bethel’s apostasy also conceals the true breadth of the final Open Salvation offer as Christ completes his own ministry.

Final Cycle Milestones

Major Prophetic Milestones to Armageddon
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/the-end/major-prophetic-milestones-to-armageddon/

The point is the nation-state classic “world power” system amalgam is to implode in grand global fashion and financial compromise of whole Euro and US governments will lead the plunge (Dan11:42-43).

Thus the simple outline continuing where Fred Franz was cut short at (1992), while Bethel went UN NGO (1991) while COVERING UP the 1990 3rd UN prophecy (Dan11:31b; Dan8:23) as they work for the real “King North” 8th King world government project internally (Dan11:32a; Dan8:12), to effectively derail JWs into delusion, is that Bethel is the signal UN aligned apostasy of modern note. (Dan11:30-35, Dan8:11-13)

1. Temple Judgment

And that apostasy will ignite a judgment on the JW organization, which will be prophetically timed as Daniel 8:13-14 ignites Daniel 11:41, first (1Pet4:17)

2. Temple purification

As the 7th King nation-state system takes its initial sovereign financial hit, the JW org visible corporate “trampling” of Daniel 8:13-14 will be in action to form an eventual recovery, in which the Bethel apostasy (permitting Dan11:41) and everything they are now covering up regarding 7th King downfall (Dan11:42-43), UN abyss plunge and global “sword-stroke” (Rev13), to ascend the 8th King world government eventual “rise” (Rev17:8-12), will become part of:

3. The Final Warning of the “second witness” of the “two witnesses”

And by that time, that final warning will precede full world government full “8th King” finality by 1260 days as Revelation 11:2-3, parallels Revelation 13:5, 12:14 and Daniel 12:7, 7:25 enroute to world government.

Why TWO Witnesses?
https://jwupdate.wordpress.com/2015/07/07/why-two-witnesses

4. World Government Triggers Christ’s Arrival

That final warning is ceased in Revelation 11:7-10, climaxing Revelation 13:5-7, as Daniel 12:11 activating the final 1290 days, in which period, Christ arrives, triggered by complete world government. (Rev11:11-12; Matt24:29-31)

===

Outline – UN has Four Cycles in World History and Bible Prophecy
https://templelijah.wordpress.com/un-fourth-cycle-soon/outline-un-has-four-cycles-in-world-history-and-bible-prophecy/